Top Banner
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
109

PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Jul 26, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

!"#$%&'"(&)*+),-./01/

2*345")6#"1071$8*(/

9:;<=;>

!"#$%&$'()*+,-$'./01203

!"#$%&$'()*+,-$'./01203

!"!"!#!#

!"!"!#!#

!"!"!#!#

4-5-,'6''$%&!"'"

()*

+,-./-012-/3.45

4-5-,'1''$%&!6'7

$8/4+.4/90$:25.450;;;4-5-,'3''

$%&!<='>9/55.4/90?

)4:/-.45$%&!"'#

@:)0?/+)8./90A

-.B)85)$%&!6C"

!+)99/80D5+8,E:25.45$%&!<F'

DGB/-4)G0HI/-+I3

0$:25.45$%&!"'6

J/B)0$:)-,3

)-/$%&!6C#

!+)99/80D+3,5E:)8)5

$%&!<F"D44)9)8/+,80$:25.45

$%&!"'<K,I-G/+.,-50,L0?

,G)8-0$:25.45$%&!6CC

$9/-)+/820$:25.45$%&!<F6

!+)99/80$,EI9/+.,-5$%&!"'C

J,8M.-N0*

.+:0$:25.450;$%&!67'

$:25.450K,80()*

0@)4:-,9,N20$8,O)4+$%&!<F<

P9)3)-+50,L0!+)99/8012-/3

.45$%&!"'7

$8/4+.4/90$:25.450;$%&!67"

HI/-+I3

0?)4:/-.450/-G0D+,3

.40$:25.45$%&!<FC

$:25.450,L0+:)0Q/G./+.B)0A-.B)85)

$%&!"'=?/+:)3

/+.450L,80$:25.4.5+50;$%&!67#

DGB/-4)G0RS5)8B/+.,-/90D5+8,-,3

2$%&!<FF

?,G)99.-N0$:25.4/90$:)-,3

)-/$%&!"'F

?/+:)3

/+.450L,80$:25.4.5+50;;$%&!676

>,-G)-5)G0?/++)80$:25.45

$%&!<T'DGB/-4)G0(

I49)/80$:25.45$%&!""C

J,8M.-N0*

.+:0?)G.4/90$:25.450;

$%&!6='DGB/-4)G0P9)4+8,3

/N-)+.53$%&!<T"

Q)5)/84:0!M.995$%&!"6C

J,8M.-N0*

.+:0(I49)/80!4.)-4)0;

$%&!6=6U/9/V.)5

$%&!<T6DGB/-4)G0$/8+.49)0$:25.45

$%&!"67;-+8,GI4+.,-0+,0?

)G.4/90$:25.45$%&!6=<

Q)9/+.B.+20/-G0>,53,9,N2

$%&!<T<>,3

EI+/+.,-/90D5+8,E:25.45$%&!"<C

J,8M.-N0*

.+:0Q/G./+.,-0$8,+)4+.,-0;$%&!6=C

(I49)/80$:25.45

$%&!<TC@:)0;-+)85+)99/80?

)G.I3$%&!"C7

$8/4+.4/90!M.9950L,80?/+:)3

/+.4/90$:25.45$%&!6==

;-+8,GI4+.,-0@,0$/8+.49)0$:25.45$%&!<T7

>,33I-.4/+.,-0,L0D5+8,E:25.4/90;G)/5

$%&!"7CJ,8M.-N0*

.+:0$:25.450L,80PGI4/+.,-0;$%&!6=T

$8,O)4+0WX!4Y$%&!<T=

?/N-)+.40!+8I4+I8)0/-G0KI-4+.,-

$%&!6F'Q/G./+.,-0$:25.450DGB/-4)G0$8/4+.4/9

$%&!<TF$8,O)4+0W?

$:25Y$%&!6F"

!I8L/4)0$:25.45$%&!<TT

(/-,54/9)0$:25.450/-G0@)4:-,9,N2

$%&!6F#$:25.450,L0Z.L)

4-5-,'7''$%&!#'"

P9)4+8,3/N-)+.53

$%&!6F<Q/G./+.,-0@:)8/E20DEE9.4/+.,-5

$%&!#'#>,-G)-5)G0?

/++)80$:25.45$%&!6F7

?)G.4/90$:25.450$8,O)4+

$%&!#'6HI/-+I3

0/-G0D+,3.40$:25.45

$%&!6F=?/+)8./950$:25.45

$%&!#'<(I49)/80/-G0$/8+.49)0$:25.45

$%&!6FF$:25.450,L0P-)8N20!,I84)5

[[$%&!#'C

J,8M.-N0*

.+:0$:25.450;;$%&!6FT

!)3.4,-GI4+,80DEE9.4/+.,-5

Z)B)9<<

"<"<$%&!#'7

$8/4+.4/90$:25.450;;$%&!6T"

>,33I-.4/+.-N0!4.)-4)

CC""""

$%&!#'=?/+:)3

/+.450L,80$:25.4.5+50;;;$%&!6T#

!+/+.5+.450.-01/+/0D-/925.577

6'6'$%&!#'F

?/+:)3

/+.450L,80$:25.4.5+50;\$%&!6T6

!+/+.5+.4/90/-G0Z,*0@)3

E)8/+I8)0$:25.45==

"7"7$%&!#"7

$8/4+.4/90D5+8,E:25.45$%&!6T<

RS5)8B/+.,-/90D5+8,-,3

28)9:,'''8)9:,'''8)9:,'''

3030$%&!#<7

D44)9)8/+,850/-G0Q/G.,.5,+,E)50.-0?)G.4.-)

$%&!6TCDEE9.)G0$:25.450$8,O)4+

$%&!#7CJ,8M.-N0*

.+:0$:25.450L,80PGI4/+.,-0;;$%&!6T7

A-G)8N8/GI/+)0D3

S/55/G,850$8,O)4+$%&!6T=

@)4:-,9,N20@8/-5L)80/-G0>,33)84./9.5/+.,-

$%&!6TF(I49)/80!4.)-4)0$8,O)4+

!1X00!)E0#'"70!1X00!)E0#'"70!1X00!)E0#'"70!1X00!)E0#'"70!1X00!)E0#'"70

Page 2: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title NEWTONIAN DYNAMICS

2. Module Code PHYS101

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Professor of Physics at Cardiff Univers

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof TG Shears Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr DS Martin Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

22Lecture to entirecohort on allcourse topics

22Problemsolving classes,to learntogether withguidance fromstaff andreceivefeedback.

44

18. Non-contact hours 10619. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 11 x 2lectures/week

= 11 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1 Programme:F640 Year:2Programme:F641 Year:1 Programme:F641 Year:2 Programme:F660 Year:1 Programme:F660 Year:2Programme:F656 Year:1 Programme:F656 Year:2 Programme:F640 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles of classical mechanics at an elementary level.To provide an introduction to the study of fluids.To introduce the use of elementary vector algebra in the context of mechanics.

29. Learning Outcomes

Demonstrate a basic knowledge of the laws of classical mechanics, and understand physical quantities withmagnitudes, directions (where applicable), units and uncertainties.

understand physical quantities with magnitudes, directions (where applicable), units and uncertainties.apply the laws of mechanics to statics, linear motion, motion in a plane, rotational motion, simpleharmonic motion and gravitation.

Apply the laws of mechanics to unseen situations and solve problems.

Develop a knowledge and understanding of the analysis of linear and rotational motion.

!Develop a knowledge and understanding of the analysis of orbits, gravity, simple harmonic motion and fluidflow.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture to entire cohort on all course topics

= 11 x 2 lectures/week

Classwork - Problem solving classes, to learn together with guidance from staff and receive feedback.

= 11 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1 1

Overview:

Newton''s Laws, Force and Motion, VectorsFriction, DragWork and Kinetic Energy, PowerPotential Energy, Conservation of EnergyForce from Potential, Systems of Particles, Rocket EquationMomentum, CollisionsRotation, Moment of InertiaParallel Axis theorem, Torque, Rotation

Page 3: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Parallel Axis theorem, Torque, RotationAngular Momentum and its conservationRollingCentre of Percussion, PrecessionSimple Harmonic Motion and Uniform Circular MotionSimple Harmonic Motion, damped and forced SHMNewton''s Law of GravitationSatellites, Escape SpeedKepler''s LawsFluids at RestFluids in Motion

2

What is Physics?UnitsSignificant FiguresMeasurementExperimental Science

3

Working with Physical ObservablesDesigning Experiments as questions to nature

4

Reference FramesNewton''s LawsSimple Motion with constant AccelerationCentre of MassFriction

5

Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup

6

WorkEnergyPowerConservation of EnergyConservative Forces

7

Applications of Newton''s Laws

8

MomentumConservation of MomentumElastic & Inelastic CollisionsRockets

9

Create PeerWise Multiple Choice questions

10

Circular MotionCentrifugal ForceCoriolis ForceMoment of Inertia

11

CollisionsStaged Rockets

12

Angular MomentumConservation of Angular MomentumRollingTorqueNewton''s Laws for Rotations

13

Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class

14

Simple Harmonic MotionSimple and Physical PendulumDamped Harmonic Oscillator

15

RotationsRollingMoments of Inertia

16

Damped and Forced Harmonic OscillatorResonance

17

Demonstration Experiment, Prediction and Writeup

18

GravitationMotion under constant acceleration using Calculus

19

Applications of Harmonic MotionUsing Conservation of Energy to derive HO Equation

20

Kepler''s LawsSatellitesEscape Velocity

21

Devising PeerWise Multiple Choice or Exam Style Questions

22

Fluids at RestArchimedes PrinciplePascal''s LawFluids in MotionBernoulli Equation

23

Kepler''s LawsExtrasolar Objects, Hyperbolic and Parabolic Orbits

Page 4: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Applications to interplanetary travel

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 60 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments) Ifcontinuousassessmentcomponents 1 or 2are failed and a resitis required, the markfor the resitexamination willsubsume the marksfor thesecomponents.

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 x 2hours

1 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, See"AssessmentNotes".

Coursework 10 x 2hours

1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Problems classescannot be repeatedin the sameenvironment. Seealso "AssessmentNotes".

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title THERMAL PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS102

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Professor of Physics at Cardiff Univers

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr TD Veal Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected] HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

22Lecture

20Problem class

42

18. Non-contact hours 10819. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

2 lectures per week for 11weeks

10 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent), Maths A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 5: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1 Programme:FG31 Year:1Programme:F344 Year:1 Programme:FGH1 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

The module aims to make the student familiar with

The concepts of Thermal PhysicsThe zeroth, first and second laws of ThermodynamicsHeat enginesThe kinetic theory of gassesEntropyThe equation of stateVan der Waals equationStates of matter and state changesThe basis of statistical mechanics

29. Learning Outcomes

Construct a temperature scale and understand how to calibrate a thermometer with that scale

!Calculate the heat flow into and work done by a system and how that is constrained by the first law ofThermodynamics

!Analyse the expected performance of heat engines, heat pumps and refrigerators

!Relate the second law of thermodynamics to the operation of heat engines, particularly the Carnot engine

!Understand the kinetic theory of gases and calculate properties of gases including the heat capacity and meanfree path

!Use the theory of equipartition to relate the structure of the molecules to the measured heat capacity

!Calculate the linear and volume thermal expansions of materials

!Understand the basis of entropy and relate this to the second law of thermodynamics and calculate entropychanges

!Relate the equation of state for a material to the macroscopic properties of the material

!Understand the PV and PT diagrams for materials and the phase transitions that occur when changing thestate variables for materials

!Be able to link the microscopic view of a system to its macroscopic state variables

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture

2 lectures per week for 11 weeks

Problem Based Learning - Problem class

10 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1Overview:

Overview:

Temperature and the zeroth lawHeat and the first law of thermodynamicsThe second law of thermodynamics, reversibility and Carnot enginesThe kinetic theory of gases, heat capacities, equipartition and the mean freepathVan der Waals equationEntropyThe equations of stateMaxwell relationsPhase transitionsThird law of thermodynamicsDensity of states and partition function

Lectures 1 & 2, Week 2

Introduction to the thermal physicsHeat and temperatureZeroth law of thermodynamics and thermal equilibriumTemperature scalesHeat capacityLatent heats of fusion and vaporisationNewton''s law of coolingThermal expansions

Lectures 3 & 4, Week 3

Gas laws and ideal gas equation of stateIdeal gases and kinetic theory of gasesDeviations from ideal gas behaviour - Van der Waal''s equation of stateCollisions and mean free pathMaxwell-Boltzmann distributionEquipartition theorem

Lectures 5 & 6, Week 4

Energy in a systemWork done on a gasFirst law of thermodynamicsFirst law applied to isochoric, isobaric and isothermal processesHeat capacities at constant volume and at constant pressureAdiabatic processes

Lectures 7 & 8, Week 5

Heat engines, refrigerators and heat pumpsCoefficient of performanceReservoirsSecond law of thermodynamics: Clausius'' and Kelvin-Planck statementHeat engines and the second lawEquivalence of the Clausius and Kelvin-Planck statements

Lectures 9 & 10, Week 6

Reversible processesCarnot engine and Carnot''s theoremOtto cycleDiesel cycle

Page 6: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Lectures 11 & 12, Week 7

Differentiat ionPartial differentitationReciprocal and cyclic relationsChain ruleSecond order partial derivativesExact and inexact differentialsState variables

Lectures 13 & 14, Week 8

Entropy as a thermodynamic state functionEntropy as an exact differential dS from the inexact differential dQClausius''s theoremClausius''s inequalityCentral Equation of thermodynamicsEntropy of an ideal gasExamples of entropy calculationsEntropy in Carnot and real engines

Lectures 15 & 16, Week 9

Microstates and macrostatesA statistical definition of temperatureA statistical definition of entropyThe energy equationThermodynamic potentialsMaxwell''s relations

Lectures 17 & 18, Week 10

Using Maxwell''s relationsRevisting heat capacities - the general case for all materialsRevisiting Cp/Cv - the general caseFree expansion -- Joule coefficientEntropy change in free expansion -example of equivalence of classical andstatistical entropyThrottling expansion -- Joule-Kelvin coefficien - example of use of athermodynamic potential, H

Lectures 19 & 20, Week 11

Phase transitions, pVT surfaces and critical pointsEquilibrium at phase boundariesFirst and second order phase transitionsSecond order phase transitionsThird law of thermodynamicsConsequences of the third lawUnattainability of absolute zero

Lectures 21 & 22 Week 12

Partition function and density of statesRevision

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours DuringSemester1 ExamPeriod

60 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 x twohour proble

Firstsemester

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Problems set inworkshops. There isno reassessmentopportunity, Problemclasses are not runduring the summer

Coursework 2 xhomeworks

FirstSemester

10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

PeerWiseHomeworks There isno reassessmentopportunity,Peerwise is notsuitable for smallnumbers of studentsNotes (applying toall assessments) -none

Page 7: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title FOUNDATIONS OF MODERN PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS104

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr K Mavrokoridis Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof JB Dainton Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24 20 44

18. Non-contact hours 10619. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 2lectures/week

= 10 x 2-hourworkshops/ProblemClasses/Mastering Physics

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1 Programme:F656 Year:1Programme:F344 Year:1 Programme:FG31 Year:1 Programme:FGH1 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the theory of special relativity and its experimental proofs.To carry out calculations using relativity and visualise them.To introduce the concepts and the experimental foundations of quantum theory.To carry out simple calculations related to quantum mechanical problem tasks.To show the impact of relativity and quantum theory on contemporary science and society.

29. Learning Outcomes

An understanding why classical mechanics must have failed to describe the properties of light, the motion ofobjects with speeds close to the speed of light and the properties of microspopic systems.

!A basic knowledge on the experimental and theoretical concepts which founded modern physics, i.e. thateither relativity or quantum theory or both are needed to explain certain phenomena.!

!A knowledge of the postulates of special relativity.!

!An understanding of the concept of spacetime, of the relativity of length, time and velocity.!

An ability to apply the Lorentz transformation and the concept of Lorentz invariance to simple cases!

!An ability to apply the equations of relativistic energy, momentum and rest mass.!

!An understanding of the Doppler effect for light and visualisation of relativistic effects.!

!An ability to solve problems based on special relativity.!

!An understanding why quantum theory is the conceptual framework to understand the microscopic propertiesof the universe.!

!An understanding of the quantum theory of light and the ability to apply the energy-momentum conservationfor light, e.g. photo-electric effect, Compton effect.!

!An understanding of the structure of atoms and its experimental foundations.

!An understanding of Bohr''s theory of the atom and its application to the H-atom including the concept ofprincipal quantum numbers.!

!An understanding of de Broglie waves and their statistical interpretation.!

!An ability to explain the experimental evidence of de Broglie waves with scattering experiments of electrons,X-rays and neutrons.!

!An understanding of the principles of quantum mechanical measurements and Heisenberg''s uncertaintyprinciple.!

!An understanding of the identity principle of microscopic particles and the basic idea of quantum (Fermi-Diracand Bose-Einstein) statistics.!

!A basic knowledge of contemporary applications of quantum theory and relativity, e.g. nuclear reactor and

Page 8: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

!A basic knowledge of contemporary applications of quantum theory and relativity, e.g. nuclear reactor andnuclear fissions, and the impact on our society.!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

= 12 x 2 lectures/week

Seminar -

= 10 x 2-hour workshops/Problem Classes/Mastering Physics

31. Syllabus

1 Lect 1&2 Wk 1

Introduction and historical context : The world according to a 19th centuryphysicist.The theoretical concepts based on the two known fundamental forces at thepre-modern era, gravitational and electromagentic forces, and theirconsequences on the thinking in physics and society.The key experiments and 19th century discoveries (e.g. discovery of atomicspectrum of hydrogen, sparks in gases, cathode rays, X-rays, radioactivity, theelectron, and the constancy of speed of light,) and the resulting conflicts and thetrials to explain them.

Lect 3&4 Wk 2

Einstein''s solution of the conflict between motion (classical mechanics) andconstancy of speed of light, the postulates of special relativity.Frames of reference.The concept of a thought experiment.Relativity of simultaneity.The light clock, Lorentz and speed factors, relativity of time and synchronisationof clocks.Relativity of length.

PC 1 Wk 3

Concepts of problem solving strategies.Examples and excercises for time dilation, length contraction and simultaneityillustrated with links to classical mechanics.

Lect 5&6 Wk 3

Galilean transformation equations.Derivation of Lorentz (Einstein) transformation equations.Time dilation and length contraction using Lorentz transformations.The Twin paradox.Doppler effect for light.

PC 2 Wk 4

Practise tasks using Lorentz transformations.Practise tasks for the Doppler effect of light.Sketch the Twin paradox and its interpretation.

Lect 7&8 Wk 4

Relativity of velocities. Velocity addition.Transformations between 3 frames of reference.Spacetime interval and the concept of Lorentz invariance.Basic concepts of world line, light cone and causality.

PC 3 Wk 5

Practise tasks for velocity addition.Practise calculations using spacetime interval.

Lect 9&10 Wk 5

A new type of energy (E=mc2).A new look at energy and momentum.Relations of relativistic energy and momentum, units.Energy-mass conservation and applications.

PC 4 Wk 6

Practise calculations using energy-momentum formulas.Practise calculations of relativistic collisions.Particle creations.

Lect 11&12 Wk 6

Photons and the need of a quantum theory of light.Black body radiation.Planck''s quantum.Einstein''s completion of Planck''s quantum.Experimental evidence for energy-momentum conservation for light : Photo-electric effect, Compton effect.

PC 5 Wk 7

Sketch experiemental set-ups of photo-electric effect.Practise the derivation of the theoretical explanation of the Compton effect.

Lect 13&14 Wk7

Atoms : brief history.Atomic spectra.Thompson''s pudding.Rutherford and the nucleus.Franck-Hertz experiment.Stern-Gerlach experiement.

PC 6 Wk 8

Sketch the experimental set-ups of Rutherford, Franck-Hertz and Stern-Gerlachexperiments and their interpretation.

Lect 15&16 Wk 8

Bohr''s theory of the atom : successes and short comings.Hydrogen spectrum, Rydberg constant and principal quantum numbers.The concept of the Laser.

PC 7 Wk 9

Sketch the idea of Bohr''s theory of the atom.Practise simple calculations of H-spectrum series.Sketch the Laser principle.

Lect 17&18 Wk 9

De Broglie waves and group velocity.Experimental evidence of de Broglie waves : scattering experiements ofelectrons, of X-rays, and of neutrons.Bohr''s principle of complementarity.Statistical interpretation of de Broglie waves (and sneak preview toSchroedinger equations).

PC 8 Wk 10

Explain de Broglie waves and why they need a statistical interpretation.Sketch the experimental set-up of at least one experiement which proofs theconcept of de Broglie waves.

Page 9: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Lect 19&20 Wk 10

Quantum mechanical measurements and the Feynman perspective.Heisenberg''s uncertainty principle.Identity principle of microscopic particles.Basic concepts of quantum statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics.The discovery of anti-matter.The discovery of Bose-Einstein Condensates.

PC 9 Wk 11

Sketch and explain the Feynman perspective.Sketch and explain the implications of a quantum mechanical measurementand the Heisenberg''s uncertainty principle.Explain the basic idea behind quantum statistics.

Lect 21&22 Wk 11

Complex atoms and nuclei.Periodic system of elements.Nuclear decay, nuclear reactors, nuclear fission.Selected contemporary applications of quantum and relativistic effects.Outlook: Particle physics, astrophysics, cosmology and the need of a newtheory.

PC 10 Wk 12

Practise exam-style questions.

Lect 23&24 Wk 12

Summarising thoughts.Revision relativity.Revision quantum theory.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

!"University Physics" by Young and Freedman, published by Pearson Addison-Wesley (mainly Chapters 37,38, 39, part of 40)

Access Code for Mastering Physics required

Additional, selected literature recommendations (see also more in reading list of University''s library):

Introduction to modern physics: theoretical foundations by John Dirk Walecka"Dynamics and Relativity" by J.R. Forshaw and A.G. Smith"Principles of Quantum Mechanics" by D.J. Blochinzev"QED the strange theory of light and matter" by R.F. Feynman"The elegant Universe" by B. Greene

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 2 60 Yes Written examinationNotes (applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 x 2hours

2 30 Subsumed by resitexamination

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Problems set inworkshops

Coursework 2 10 Summer vacation Standard UoLpenalty applies

Mastering Physicshomework

Page 10: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS I

2. Module Code PHYS105

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr SD Barrett Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected] CP Welsch Physics [email protected] AM Newsam Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

23Lectures that coverthe whole syllabus ofthe module

34Weeklyworkshopsin whichthestudentswork insmallgroups

57

18. Non-contact hours 9319. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

11 x 2h/week(S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop skills with spreadsheetsTo develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculationsTo illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational softwarepackagesTo improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written andoral formatsTo provide students with a broad introduction to astronomyTo describe how telescopes and detectors are used to make observationsTo explain how observations support our understanding of stars, galaxies, and the Universe as a wholeTo introduce students to the methods by which astronomers measure the brightness and distance ofastronomical objects

29. Learning Outcomes

Ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical equations.

Ability to apply mathematical software packages to physics problems

Ability to communicate more confidently

Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication

!A basic knowledge of the structure and constituents of the Universe ranging in scale from the Solar System toclusters of galaxies

Ability to outline the methods which astronomers employ to gather and analyse data

Understanding of the techniques of measurement of brightness and distance of astronomical objects

!Knowledge of the current cosmological model and the evidence supporting it

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures that cover the whole syllabus of the module

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

Small Group Learning - Weekly workshops in which the students work in small groups

11 x 2h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

31. Syllabus

Page 11: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

1 Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.Important elements of good communication in oral presentations, written reports(including laboratory reports).Basic concepts: The Earth in space, the Solar SystemInstrumentation: Telescopes, Reflectors versus refractors, types of mount, foci,image scale, ground versus spaceDetectors: Photometers, photography, CCD, introduction to imaging andspectroscopyMeasurement of brightness and distance: Magnitude system, Hertzprung-Russell diagram, evolution of stars, types of galaxy, distance ladder.Issues in Contemporary Astronomy: the Big Bang and the fate of the Universe;protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem; the search for extra solarplanets; gamma-ray bursters.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Seen Written Exam 90minutes

End of S2 35 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 examinationNotes (applying to allassessments) Forstudents on eitherthe F3F5 or F521programmes, asatisfactoryperformance isexpected in thesecond semestercomponent of themodule. Registrationto the field trip(PHYS394) may berefused later on ifstudents fail toengage fully wit thispart of the module.

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework S1 W2-W12

50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S1 workshops

Coursework S2 W2-W6 15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 workshops

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS I

2. Module Code PHYS106

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr NK McCauley Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr K Mavrokoridis Physics [email protected] A Mehta Physics [email protected] U Klein Physics [email protected] BT King Physics [email protected] J Alaria Physics [email protected] HR Sharma Physics [email protected] F Jaeckel Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

114 114

18. Non-contact hours 3619. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A-Level or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

Page 12: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F300 Year:1Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide a core of essential introductory laboratory methods which overlap and develop from A-LevelTo introduce the basis of experimental techniques in physical measurement, the use of computertechniques in analysis, and to provide experience in doing experiments, keeping records and writingreports.To compliment the core physics program with experimental examples of material taught in the lecturecourses.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Experienced the practical nature of physics.Developed an awareness of the importance of accurate experimentation, particularly observation,record keeping.Developed the ability to plan, execute and report on the results of an investigation using appropriateanalysis of the data and associated uncertaintiesDeveloped the practical and technical skill required for physics experimentation and an appreciation ofthe importance of a systematic approach to experimental measurement.Developed problem solving skills of a practical natureDeveloped analytical skills in the analysis of the dataDeveloped communication skills in the presentation of the investigation in a clear and logical mannerDeveloped investgative skills in performing the experiment and extracting information from varioussources with which to compare the resultsDeveloped the ability to organise their time and meet deadlinesUnderstand the interaction between theory and experiment, in particular the ties to the materialpresented in the lecture courses.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Laboratory Work -

31. Syllabus

1 Introductory Experiments

Introduction to Measurement by mesurement of thermal expansion.Introduction to Experimental Errors with a simple pendulum and a giegercounter.Erorr Analysis via selected exercizes

Foundation experiments.

DC and AC Circuits (2 sessions)Stefans Law and the Properties of a Thermistor

Hookes LawGeometrical OpticsLiquid Nitrogen ExperimentProjectiles X-Ray Tomography

Core experiments

Rutherford ScatteringAttenuation of Gamma Rays in Different MaterialsPrinciples of ElectronicsMilikans ExperimentDiffraction of LightProperties of the ElectronCapacitance and ElectrostaticsElectromagnetic InductionThe Ideal Gas Equation

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 48 hours 1 32 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Experiment SpecificAssessment Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Onemissed session maybe retaken at theend of the semester.Exemption approved31/8/2011

Coursework 54 hours 2 60 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Laboratory ReportThere is noreassessmentopportunity, Onemissed session maybe retaken at theend of the semester.Exemption approved31/8/2011

Coursework 12 hours 1 8 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Work Sheet There isno reassessmentopportunity,Exemption approved31/8/2011 Notes(applying to allassessments) EightFoundationExperiments Thiswork is not markedanonymously NineCore ExperimetnsThis work is not

Page 13: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

markedanonymously OneIntroductoryExperiment SetAnonymous markingnot possible

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS I

2. Module Code PHYS107

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner John Inglesfield, Professor, Cardiff University.

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr B Cheal Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

Mathematical Sciences

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr PEL Rakow Mathematical Sciences [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

33Lecture

30= 10 x 3 hour workshop

63

18. Non-contact hours 8719. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 11 x 3 lectures/week

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 14: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1 Programme:F660 Year:1Programme:F656 Year:1 Programme:F640 Year:1 Programme:F641 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide a foundation for the mathematics required by physical scientists.

To assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to use the mathematics developed in the module.

29. Learning Outcomes

a good working knowledge of differential and integral calculus

familiarity with some of the elementary functions common in applied mathematics and science

an introductory knowledge of functions of several variables

manipulation of complex numbers and use them to solve simple problems involving fractional powers

an introductory knowledge of series

a good rudimentary knowledge of simple problems involving statistics: binomial and Poisson distributions,mean, standard deviation, standard error of mean

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture

= 11 x 3 lectures/week

Workshops - = 10 x 3 hour workshop

Workshops - = 10 x 3 hour workshop

E-learning - 4 x online problems sets in Pearson MyMathLabGlobal.

31. Syllabus

1 1

FundamentalsIntroduction to statistics. Binomial and Poisson distributions, mean, standarddeviation, standard error on mean, chi-squared, application to experimentalanalysis.

2

Problem set 1 - Statistics.

3

VectorsScalar and vector products.Simple vector equations.Applications of vectors to solving physics problems.

4

Problem set 2 - Vectors.

5

Differentiation IBasics of differentiationThe product rule.

6

Problem set 3 - Differentiation I.

7

Differentiation IIThe chain rule.Application of differentiation to solving physical problems.

8

Problem set 4 - Differentiation II.

9

Partial Differentiation.Applications of partial differentiation to finding solutions to physics problems.

10

Problem set 5 - Partial differentiation.

11

Integration I.Basics of integration.Integration of the function of a function.Definite integrals.Volumes of rotation.

12

Problem set 6 - Integration I.

13

Page 15: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Integration II.Integration by substitution.Trigonometric integration.Integration by parts.Integration by partial fractions.

14

Problem set 7 - Integration II

15

Integration III.Multi-dimensional integration.

16

Problem set 8 - Integration III

17

Introduction to Series.Arithmetic Series.Geometric Series.Taylor and Maclaurin Series.

18

Problem set 9 - Series.

19

Polar coordinate systems.Spherical polar coordinates.Cylindrical polar coordinates.Using polar coordinates to find simple solutions to physical problems.

20

Problem set 10 - Polar coordinate systems.

21

Complex Numbers

22

Problem set 11 - Complex Numbers

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments) e-learning assessmentusingMyMathLabGlobal.Problems set in

workshops This workis not markedanonymously.Written examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1 10 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1

Coursework 10 x 3hours

1 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Noreassessmentopportunity providedbecause work mustbe completed insession.

Page 16: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS II

2. Module Code PHYS108

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof TJ Greenshaw Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

Mathematical Sciences

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr J Kretzschmar Physics [email protected] DI Jack Mathematical Sciences [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

36 24 60

18. Non-contact hours 9019. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

12 x 3lectures/week

12 x 2-hour problemsclass

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107 Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS207

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:1 Programme:F303 Year:1 Programme:F352 Year:1 Programme:F350 Year:1Programme:F3F5 Year:1 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:1 Programme:F640 Year:1Programme:F641 Year:1 Programme:F656 Year:1 Programme:F660 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To consolidate and extend the understanding of mathematics required for the physical sciences.To develop the student’s ability to apply the mathematical techniques developed in the module to theunderstanding of physical problems.

29. Learning Outcomes

Ability to manipulate matrices with confidence and use matrix methods to solve simultaneous linear equations.

!Familiarity with methods for solving first and second order differential equations in one variable.

!A basic knowledge of vector algebra.

A basic understanding of Fourier series and transforms.

!A basic understanding of series methods for the solution of differential equations

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

12 x 3 lectures/week

Problems Class -

12 x 2-hour problems class

31. Syllabus

1 Matrices- addition, multiplication, determinant, inverse, solution of systems oflinear equations.Differential equations – first and second order Diff. Eqn.s in one variable,separation of variables, integrating factors, homogenous (andinhomogeneous?) equations.Vector calculus – differentiation and integration of vectors, vector and scalarfields, Grad, Div, Curl and Laplace in Cartesian Co-ord.s.Mention Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations and different coordinate systems.Series solutions, Legendre polynomials, mention spherical harmonics andSchrödinger’s equation.Fourier series, periodic functions, even and odd expansions.Fourier integrals and transforms.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

Page 17: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 2 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 12 x 2hours

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Problems inProblems ClassesThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Questionsset for st

2 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Homework There isno reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Problems set inworkshops are notmarkedanonymouslyHomework problemsare not markedanonymously Allreassessment isoffered through theresit examination

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH MEDICAL PHYSICS I

2. Module Code PHYS115

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr SD Barrett Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HL Vaughan Central TeachingLaboratory

[email protected]

Prof CP Welsch Physics [email protected] LJ Harkness-Brennan

Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

23Lectures that coverthe whole syllabus ofthe module

34Weeklyworkshopsin whichthestudentswork insmallgroups

57

18. Non-contact hours 9319. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

11 x 2h/week(S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Page 18: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F350 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop skills with spreadsheetsTo develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculationsTo illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational softwarepackagesTo improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written andoral formatsTo provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physicsTo provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine

29. Learning Outcomes

Ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical equations

!Ability to apply mathematical software packages to physics problems

!Appreciation of how to present results by computer

!Ability to communicate more confidently

!Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication

!Basic understanding of the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical physics

!Basic knowledge of the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine

!Understanding of the techniques used in measurements in medical applications

!Ability to solve simple problems in medical physics

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures that cover the whole syllabus of the module

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

Small Group Learning - Weekly workshops in which the students work in small groups

11 x 2h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

31. Syllabus

1 Problem Solving, Computing Skills and Communication Skills

Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.

Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.Important elements of good communication in oral presentations, written reports(including laboratory reports).

Physics of the Body

Forces: loading of muscular and skeletal systemsVision: basic optics of the eye, defects of vision and their correction.Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response,threshold of hearing, defects of hearing.Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,measurement of ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.

Measurement and Imaging

Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machinesand waveforms.Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection of ultrasound pulses(piezoelectric devices), advantages and disadvantages.Production of magnetic resonance imaging.Properties of laser radiation and applications.X-ray imaging, principles of production and detection, absorption andattenuation of X-rays. Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographicdetection, diffraction enhanced imaging.Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction withmatter, reconstruction of image.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Seen Written Exam 90minutes

End of S2 35 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 examinationNotes (applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework S1 W2-W12

50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S1 workshops

Coursework S2 W?-W? 15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 workshops

Page 19: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH NUCLEAR SCIENCE I

2. Module Code PHYS135

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr SD Barrett Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected] CP Welsch Physics [email protected] B Cheal Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

23Lectures that cover thewhole syllabus of themodule

28 51

18. Non-contact hours 9919. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

11 x 2h/week(S1) 3 x2h/week (S2)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F390 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop skills with spreadsheetsTo develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculationsTo illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational softwarepackagesTo improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written andoral formatsTo provide the students with a broad introduction to nuclear scienceTo provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in nuclear science

29. Learning Outcomes

Ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical equations

!!Ability to apply mathematical software packages to physics problems

!Appreciation of how to present results by computer

!Ability to communicate more confidently

!Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication

!Basic understanding of the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in nuclear science

Basic knowledge of the physics involved in measurement techniques used in nuclear science

!Understanding of the techniques used in measurements in nuclear applications

!Ability to solve simple problems in nuclear science

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures that cover the whole syllabus of the module

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

Small Group Learning -

11 x 2h/week (S1) 3 x 2h/week (S2)

31. Syllabus

1 Radioactivity, decay modes of unstable nuclei. Naturally occurring and man-made radionuclides.Interaction of radiation with materials; radiation dose and units, absorbed dose,exposure. Range of alphas, betas, gammas and neutrons in materials.Radiation shielding.Internal radiation dose, medical uses (therapy and imaging).Nuclear waste; high, intermediate, low level, options for storage.Radiation detection and measurement; simple radiation meters, personaldosimeters and film badges, spectroscopic systems.Activation analysis using thermal neutrons.

Page 20: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Mass and energy, nuclear reactions.Fission; induction by thermal neutrons, chain reaction, moderators, control ofthe reaction, choice of materials. Safety aspects. Artificial transmutation.Fusion; nuclear reactions, simple description of fusion reactors (JET, ITER),applications of fusion reactions to astrophysics.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

90minutes

End of S2 35 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 examinationNotes (applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework S1 W2-W12

50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S1 workshops

Coursework Threeweeksduring S2W2-W12

15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 workshops

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS136

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr LJ Harkness-Brennan

Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof PJ Nolan Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

12Traditionallecture format,to engagestudents withsyllabus content

12Problems classesquestionsdisseminated inadvance andundertaken duringsession.

24

18. Non-contact hours 5119. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

Problems Classes

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

A-Level Physics or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 21: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2 Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F3F7 Year:2Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide the students with a broad introduction to medical physics.To provide the students with the physics basis for measurement techniques used in medicine.

29. Learning Outcomes

A basic understanding of the underlying physics properties and ideas that are utilised in medical physics.

A basic knowledge of the physics involved in measurement techniques used in medicine. !

!An understanding of the techniques used in measurements in medical applications.!

!The ability to solve simple problems in medical physics.!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Traditional lecture format, to engage students with syllabus content

Seminar - Problems classes questions disseminated in advance and undertaken during session.

Problems Classes

31. Syllabus

1 Physics of the body

Forces: loading of muscular and skeletal systems

Vision: basic optics of the eye, defects of vision and their correction.

Hearing: the ear as a detection system, sensitivity, frequency response, threshold ofhearing, defects of hearing.

Heart: the heart as an electromechanical pump, electrical signal generation,measurement of ECGs, defibrillation, blood pressure.

Measurement and imaging

Electrical signals and their generation and detection. Simple ECG machines andwaveforms.

Ultrasound imaging, generation and detection of ultrasound pulses (piezoelectricdevices), advantages and disadvantages.

Production of magnetic resonance imaging.

Properties of laser radiation and applications.

X-ray imaging, principles of production and detection, absorption and attenuation of X-rays. Imaging, contrast enhancement and photographic detection, diffraction enhanced

imaging.

Nuclear imaging, CT, PET and SPECT. The decay process, interaction with matter,reconstruction of image.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 90minutes

2 70 Yes Assessment 2 -written exam Notes(applying to allassessments)Problem ClassesThis work is notmarkedanonymously WrittenExamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 6 x 2hours

2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 -Problems ClassesThere is noreassessmentopportunity,Subsumed by resitexamination

Page 22: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH RADIATION PROTECTION 1 - PROTECTING PEOPLE

2. Module Code PHYS145

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner TBA

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof PR Cole Radiation Protection [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

2311 x 1hr (S1) 6 x2hrs (S2)

3411 x 2hr/week(S1) 6 x2hr/week (S2)

57

18. Non-contact hours 9319. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1hr/week (S1) 6 x2hr/week (S2)

11 x2hr/week(S1) 6 x2hr/week(S2)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS245

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

F351 - Physics with Radiation Protection (1)

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300 (1), F303 (1),

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

!· !"#$%&%'"(#)*+'')#,+-.#)(/%0$).%%-)

· !"#$%&%'"(#)*+'')#+1#2)+13#4"5(2-%/)#-"#(%/6"/5#50-.%50-+40'#40'42'0-+"1)#-7(+40'#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#"6#(%"('%8#,"/*%/)9#(0-+%1-)9#3%1%/0'#(2:'+4;

· !"#+''2)-/0-%#-.%#+1)+3.-#+1-"#(.7)+4)#,.+4.#401#:%#":-0+1%$#:7#%<('"+-+13#4"5(2-0-+"10'#)"6-,0/%#(04*03%)

· !"#+5(/"&%#)4+%14%#)-2$%1-)==#)*+'')#+1#4"5521+40-+13#)4+%1-+6+4#+16"/50-+"1#+1#0((/"(/+0-%#,/+--%1#01$#"/0'#6"/50-)

· !"#(/"&+$%#-.%#)-2$%1-)#,+-.#0#:/"0$#+1-/"$24-+"1#-"#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#"6#(%"('%

· !"#(/"&+$%#-.%#)-2$%1-)#,+-.#-.%#(.7)+4)#:0)+)#6"/#5%0)2/%5%1-#-%4.1+>2%)#2)%$#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1

29. Learning Outcomes

?; @1#0:+'+-7#-"#2)%#)(/%0$).%%-)#01$#50-.%50-+40'#(04*03%)#-"#40'42'0-%#01$#3/0(.#50-.%50-+40'#%>20-+"1);

!A; @1#0:+'+-7#-"#0(('7#50-.%50-+40'#)"6-,0/%#(04*03%)#-"#(.7)+4)#01$#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#(/":'%5)

!B; @1#0((/%4+0-+"1#"6#.",#-"#(/%)%1-#/%)2'-)#:7#4"5(2-%/

!C; !.%#0:+'+-7#-"#4"5521+40-%#5"/%#4"16+$%1-'7

!D; @1#21$%/)-01$+13#"6#)"5%#"6#-.%#*%7#604-"/)#+1#)244%))62'#4"5521+40-+"1

E; @#21$%/)-01$+13#"6#-.%#:0)+4#21$%/'7+13#(.7)+4)#(/"(%/-+%)#01$#+$%0)#-.0-#0/%#2-+'+)%$#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#!ofpeople

!F; @#*1",'%$3%#"6#-.%#:0)+4#(.7)+4)#+1&"'&%$#+1#5%0)2/%5%1-#-%4.1+>2%)#2)%$#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1

!G; @1#21$%/)-01$+13#"6#-.%#-%4.1+>2%)#2)%$#+1#5%0)2/%5%1-)#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#0(('+40-+"1)

!H; !.%#0:+'+-7#-"#)"'&%#)+5('%#(/":'%5)#+1#/0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#"6#(%"('%

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - 11 x 1hr (S1) 6 x 2hrs (S2)

11 x 1hr/week (S1) 6 x 2hr/week (S2)

Small Group Learning - on case study problems. Plus computer lab tasks and ''communication'' presentationtask - 11 x 2hr/week (S1) 6 x 2hr/week (S2)

11 x 2hr/week (S1) 6 x 2hr/week (S2)

31. Syllabus

1 !?; I(/%0$).%%-#%<%/4+)%)#:0)%$#"1#(.7)+4)#%<05('%)#01$#"1#%//"/#%&0'20-+"1;

A; J'"--+13#6214-+"1)9#4"5('%<#125:%/)9#01+50-+"1)9#+1-%3/0-+"1#01$#$+66%/%1-+0-+"1;

B; K5("/-01-#%'%5%1-)#"6#3""$#4"5521+40-+"1#+1#"/0'#(/%)%1-0-+"1)9#,/+--%1#/%("/-)

Page 23: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

L+14'2$+13#'0:"/0-"/7#/%("/-)M;

C; N0$+"04-+&+-79#$%407#5"$%)#"6#21)-0:'%#124'%+;#O0-2/0''7#"442//+13#01$#501P50$%/0$+"124'+$%);

D; K1-%/04-+"1#"6#/0$+0-+"1#,+-.#50-%/+0')Q#/0$+0-+"1#$")%#01$#21+-)9#0:)"/:%$#$")%9%<(")2/%;#N013%#"6#0'(.0)9#:%-0)9#30550)#01$#1%2-/"1)#+1#50-%/+0');#N0$+0-+"1#).+%'$+13;

E; R<-%/10'#01$#+1-%/10'#/0$+0-+"1#$")%9#5%$+40'#2)%)#L-.%/0(7#01$#+503+13M;

F; O24'%0/#,0)-%Q#.+3.9#+1-%/5%$+0-%9#'",#'%&%'9#"(-+"1)#6"/#)-"/03%;

G; N0$+0-+"1#$%-%4-+"1#01$#5%0)2/%5%1-Q#)+5('%#/0$+0-+"1#5%-%/)9#(%/)"10'#$")+5%-%/)#01$6+'5#:0$3%)9#)(%4-/")4"(+4#)7)-%5);

H; @4-+&0-+"1#010'7)+)#2)+13#-.%/50'#1%2-/"1);

?S; T0))#01$#%1%/379#124'%0/#/%04-+"1);

??; U+))+"1Q#+1$24-+"1#:7#-.%/50'#1%2-/"1)9#4.0+1#/%04-+"19#5"$%/0-"/)9#4"1-/"'#"6#-.%/%04-+"19#4."+4%#"6#50-%/+0');#I06%-7#0)(%4-);#@/-+6+4+0'#-/01)52-0-+"1;

?A; N0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#'%3+)'0-+"1#8#KVNJ?SB9#KNNHH#01$#KNTRNASSS

?B; N0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#(/+14+('%)#6"/#,"/*%/)

?C; N0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#"6#-.%#3%1%/0'#(2:'+4#8#+14'2$+13#/0$"1#%<(")2/%

?D;#N0$+0-+"1#(/"-%4-+"1#"6#(0-+%1-)

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

90minutes

Semester2

35 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 22 hourscomputerla

Semester1

50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Write ups fromcomputer tasks + 5minutes presentationon 'communication'task

Coursework 3workshopsx 2 hour

Semester2

15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Written answers toproblems set in 3workshops Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PRACTICAL SKILLS FOR MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS156

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof John E Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr SD Barrett Physics [email protected] CP Welsch Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

15Lecturesthat coverthe taughtmaterial ofthemodule

72Scheme of work has beendesigned to incrementallyimprove student's abilitiesin experimental design,data acquisition, dataanalysis andinterpretation, theircommunication of findingsin report form and teamwork.

22Weeklyworkshopsin whichthestudentswork insmallgroups

109

18. Non-contact hours 4119. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1h/week(S1)

Laboratory work spans S1and S2

11 x2h/week(S1)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

Page 24: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:FGH1 Year:1 Programme:FG31 Year:1 Programme:F344 Year:1

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop skills with spreadsheetsTo develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculationsTo illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploiting computational softwarepackagesTo improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information in appropriate written andoral formatsTo provide a core of essential introductory laboratory methods which overlap and develop from A-levelTo introduce the basis of experimental techniques in physical measurement, the use of computertechniques in analysis and to provide experience doing experiments, keeping records andwriting reports

29. Learning Outcomes

!Ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical equations

!Ability to apply mathematical software packages to physics problems

!Appreciation of how to present results by computer

!Ability to communicate more confidently

!Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication

!Appreciation of the practical nature of physics

Awareness of the importance of accurate experimentation, particularly obervation and record keeping

!Ability to plan, execute and report on the results of an investigation using appropriate analysis of the data andassociated uncertainties

!Practical and technical skill required for physics experimentation and an appreciation of the importance of asystematic approach to experimental measurement.

!Problem solving skills of a practical nature

!Analytical skills in the analysis of the data

Investgative skills in performing the experiment and extracting information from various sources with which tocompare the results

!Ability to organise their time and meet deadlines !

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures that cover the taught material of the module

11 x 1h/week (S1)

Small Group Learning - Weekly workshops in which the students work in small groups

11 x 2h/week (S1)

Laboratory Work - Scheme of work has been designed to incrementally improve student''s abilities inexperimental design, data acquisition, data analysis and interpretation, their communication of findings inreport form and team work.

Laboratory work spans S1 and S2

31. Syllabus

1 Skills sessions

Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on error evaluation.Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration and differentiation.Important elements of good communication in oral presentations, written reports(including laboratory reports).

Practical sessions

!Weekly practical sessions to incrementally develop experimental design, dataacquisition, analysis and interpretation, construction of logicalarguments, communication of findings and appreciation of what constitutes unethicalbehaviour.

Introduction to experimental errors with Hooke''s Law and Stefan''s LawHandling cryogens (Liquid Nitrogen experiment)Basic electronics using the LCR circuitData handling exercises using Milikan''s oil drop experimentUse of simple and complex equipment

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework S1 W2-W12

50 Exemption appliedfor

As universitypolicy

S1 workshops

Coursework S2 50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 laboratory Notes(applying to allassessments)Students arerequired to achievea pass mark in S1

Page 25: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

a pass mark in S1(Ordinance 15).Students arerequired to achievea pass mark in S2(Ordinance 15).

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS FOR EDUCATION I

2. Module Code PHYS165

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level One

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof RD Page Physics [email protected] JH Vossebeld Physics [email protected] SD Barrett Physics [email protected] AM Newsam Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Coursework

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

23Lectures thatcover the wholesyllabus of themodule

34Weeklyworkshops inwhich thestudents work insmall groups 18Weekly seminarsessions/problembased learning

75

18. Non-contact hours 7519. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x2h/week (S2)

11 x 2h/week(S1) 6 x2h/week (S2) 6 x 3h/week(S2)

Page 26: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

A-Level or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

PHYS102; PHYS103; PHYS104; PHYS106; PHYS107; PHYS108

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F303 (Year 1), F300 (Year 1), MPhys Physics with Education (with recommendation for QTS) (Year 1)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

• To develop skills with spreadsheets

• To develop skills in using computers to perform mathematical calculations

• To illustrate the insight into physics which can be obtained by exploitingcomputational software packages

• To improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information inappropriate written and oral formats

• To provide students with a broad introduction to astronomy and observationaltechniques

• To provide experience in using astronomy concepts to solve quantitative andqualitative problems

!• To provide students with experience in communicating physics and astronomyconcepts to A-Level and school aged audiences

• To provide the students with knowledge and skills in tailoring their communication foroutreach to A-Level and school aged audiences.

• To provide student with the opportunity to reflect on their own learning.

29. Learning Outcomes

!Ability to use spreadsheets and mathematical packages to calculate and graph mathematical equations!

!Ability to apply mathematical software packages to physics problems !

Ability to communicate more confidently !

Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication !

Understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication !

Know and describe the evolution of stars and structure of the universe at various scales

Know and use basic astronomical concepts to solve quantitative and qualitative problems related to distanceand brightness measurements, instrumentation and detectors

!Know and describe the basic methods used by astronomers to collect information about stars

!Prepare and deliver a hands-on outreach activity for a small school aged audience with assistance andsupport!

!Apply knowledge of tailoring communication by altering and delivering the activity to suit a second,different audience !

!Describe reasons for communication success to two different audiences through a reflective journal !

!Summarise reasons for success of the sessions prepared through a reflective journal !

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures that cover the whole syllabus of the module

11 x 1h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

Small Group Learning - Weekly workshops in which the students work in small groups

11 x 2h/week (S1) 6 x 2h/week (S2)

Small Group Learning - Weekly seminar sessions/problem based learning

6 x 3h/week (S2)

31. Syllabus

1 Spreadsheet exercises based on physics examples and on errorevaluation.Plotting functions, complex numbers, animations, integration anddifferentiation.Important elements of good communication in oral presentations,written reports (including laboratory reports).Basic concepts: The Earth in space, the Solar SystemInstrumentation: Telescopes, Reflectors versus refractors, typesof mount, foci, image scale, ground versus spaceDetectors: Photometers, photography, CCD, introduction toimaging and spectroscopyMeasurement of brightness and distance: Magnitude system,Hertzprung-Russell diagram, evolution of stars, types of galaxy,distance ladder.Issues in Contemporary Astronomy: the Big Bang and the fate ofthe Universe; protostars; black holes; the missing mass problem;the search for extra solar planets; gamma-ray bursters.Working with school age groups to deliver safe scientificactivitiesTailoring science communication to school age groups: tailoringcontent, use of props and use of language

32. Recommended Texts

Page 27: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework Weeklyassignment

S1 (Wk 2 -Wk 12)

50 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S1 workshops

Coursework Weeklyproblems

S2 Wk 1 -Wk 6

15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

S2 workshops

Coursework Equivalentto 15 min

S2 Wk7-Wk12

17.5 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Session preparation,delivery and self-evaluation (Audience 1)

Coursework Equivalentto 15 min

S2 17.5 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Session preparation,delivery and self-evaluation (Audience 2)Notes (applying to allassessments) Thisassessment will besimilar to problem basedlearning in design.Students will worktogether in groups toovercomeoutreach/communicationproblems which willculminate a finalpresentation. There willbe an opportunity to getfeedback on theassignment mid-waythrough the scheme ofwork which will allowstudents to develop theirskills. Reassessmentopportunity forpresentations: Studentcan create and deliveroutreach materialsindividually. The studentwill not have theopportunity to deliver infront of an authenticaudience as in theoriginal assessment.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ELECTROMAGNETISM

2. Module Code PHYS201

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr Andreopoulos Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof A Wolski Physics [email protected] HS Hayward Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

20Lecture to thecohort on allof the topiccovered in thecourse

18To give feedback tothe students oncompleted work andlearn in aconversational stylewith staff

38

18. Non-contact hours 11219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 10 x 2lectures/week

= 9 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107; PHYS108 Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS370

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 28: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2 Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:FGH1 Year:2Programme:FG31 Year:2 Programme:F344 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the fundamental concepts and principles of electrostatics, magnetostatics,electromagnetism and Maxwell''s equations, and electromagnetic waves.To introduce differential vector analysis in the context of electromagnetism.To introduce circuit principles and analysis (EMF, Ohm''s law, Kirchhoff''s rules, RC and RLC circuits)To introduce the formulation fo Maxwell''s equations in the presence of dielectric and magneticmaterials.To develop the ability of students to apply Maxwell''s equations to simple problems involving dielectricand magnetic materials.To develop the concepts of field theories in Physics using electromagnetism as an example.To introduce light as an electromagnetic wave.

29. Learning Outcomes

!Demonstrate a good knowledge of the laws of electromagnetism and an understanding of the practicalmeaning of Maxwell''s equations in integral and differential forms.

!Apply differential vector analysis to electromagnetism.

!Demonstrate simple knowledge and understanding of how the presence of matter affects electrostatics andmagnetostatics, and the ability to solve simple problems in these situations.

!Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of how the laws are altered in the case of non-static electric andmagnetic fields and the ability to solve simple problems in these situations.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture to the cohort on all of the topic covered in the course

= 10 x 2 lectures/week

Tutorial - To give feedback to the students on completed work and learn in a conversational style with staff

= 9 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1 1

Electric charge, Coulomb’s law, Charge densityElectric field, Principle of SuperpositionElectric flux, Gauss’ law (integral form)Mutual potential energy of point charges, electric potentialCalculating the field from the potential (gradient)Circulation, charges on conductorsGauss’ law in differential form (divergence)Circulation law in differential form (curl)

Poisson’s and Laplace’s laws and solutionsElectric dipoleElectrostatics and conductors, method of imagesGauss’ and Stokes’ theoremsEMF, potential difference, electric current, current density, resistance, Ohm’slawCircuits, Kirkhhoff’s rulesCapacitance, calculation of capacitance for simple cases, RC circuitsDielectrics, polarization, electric displacement fieldCapacitance in the presence of dielectrics, force on a dielectricMagnetism, magnetic field, Biot-Savart lawLorentz force, force between currentsCharged particle motion in magnetic field, velocity filterMagnetic dipole field, Ampere’s law in integral and differential formsMaxwell’s equations in vacuum for steady conditionsVector potentialMagnetic materials, magnetization, magnetic field strengthMaxwell’s equations in the presence of materials for steady conditionsMotion of conductors inside magnetic fields, Faraday’s and Lenz’s lawsTime-varying fields, Maxwell’s equations for the most general caseDerivation of electromagnetic waves from Maxwell’s equations, speed of lightLCR circuits

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Three hour exam atthe end of thesemester Notes(applying to allassessments) Ifcontinuousassessmentcomponent 1 isfailed and a resit isrequired the mark forthe resit examinationsubsumes thecontinues the markfor this component.Problems set in eachof 9 workshops. Theproblem sets areposted online inadvance of theworkshop. 6 problemsets are peer-marked and eachcontributes 1% tothe final mark. 3problem sets aremarked by thelecturer and TAs andeach contributes 8%to the final mark.

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of final

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 29: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

(Semester) finalmark

opportunity submission

Coursework 9 x 2hours

1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Problems sheets inweekly workshopsThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS202

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr VR Dhanak Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HS Hayward Physics [email protected] CA Lucas Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24Students attend 12 x 2hour lectures 2412 x 2 hour problemclasses

48

18. Non-contact hours 10219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

I addition to one 2 hour lectureslot per week, students attendone 2-hour slot for problemsolving. Problems are pre-assigned and students get theopportunity to solve these tocomplement what is lea

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

A level Physics

Page 30: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2 Programme:FG31 Year:2Programme:FGH1 Year:2 Programme:F344 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

The aims of Phys202 are to introduce the most important and basic concepts in condensed matter physicsrelating to the different materials we commonly see in the world around us. Condensed matter physics is oneof the most active areas of research in modern physics, whose scope is extremely broad. The ultimate aim ofthis course is to introduce its central ideas and methodology to the students.

Condensed matter refers to both liquids and solids and all kinds of other forms of matter in between those twoextremes, generally known as “soft matter". While the course will touch on liquids, the emphasis will be oncrystalline solids, including some nano-materials. The reason for focusing on crystals is that the periodicity of acrystal is what allows us to make progress in developing a theory for various phenomena in solids based onfirst principles. Two important concepts are:

• the electronic states of electrons in a solid and

• the vibrations of atoms in the solid.

The description of these ideas basically refer to the theory of electronic band structure and the theory ofphonons. These concepts form the basis for understanding a wide range of phenomena including how theatoms bond together to form the crystal, what are some basic statistical properties like specific heat, howelectrons move in solids and electronic transport, why are some materials metals and others semiconductorsand insulators, and how do solids interact with electromagnetic fields. The course will also introduce opticaland magnetic properties in solids, scattering phenomena, thermal conductivity and effect of defects in solids,semiconductors, magnetism and go beyond the free electron model to touch on intriguing effects such assuperconductivity.

29. Learning Outcomes

On satisfying the requirements of this course, students will have the knowledge and skills to understand thebasic concepts of bonding in solids, establish an understanding of electron configuration in atoms and in thecondensed matter in terms of bonding, and relating them to band structure description.

!Students will be able to understand how solid structures are described mathematically and how materialproperties can be predicted !.

!Students will be able to establish a foundation in basic crystallography, using Bragg''s law, and understand theconcept of the reciprocal lattice.

!Students will understand basic transport properties, both electronic and thermal, in solids.

!Students will understand basic transport properties, both electronic and thermal, in solids.

! Students will understand the concept of electron and hole carrier statistics, effective masses and transport inintrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors

!Students will learn the basics of magnetism, the atomic origin and classical treatment of diamagnetism andparamagnetism, quantization of angular momentum and Hund''s rule, and introduced to weak magnetism insolids.

!!Students will become familiar to the general language of condensed matter physics, key theories andconcepts, ultimately enebling them to read and understand research papers.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lectures - Students attend 12 x 2 hour lectures

I addition to one 2 hour lecture slot per week, students attend one 2-hour slot for problem solving. Problemsare pre-assigned and students get the opportunity to solve these to complement what is learned in the lecture(see below).

Problem Classes - 12 x 2 hour problem classes

31. Syllabus

1 Overview

1 Structure

Types of bonding in solids: hybridization, covalent, ionic, metallic, Van derWaals.Packing of spheres; close packed crystal structuresLattice and basis vectors for (principally) cubic crystalsX-ray scattering of waves from a crystal, Bragg''s Law, reciprocal lattice, Ewaldconstruction for diffraction.X-ray, neutron and electron scattering experimentsPolymorphism: e.g. in C diamond, graphite, fullerenesOther common crystals: zinc blendeReal crystals: defects, vacancies, dislocations, grainsMechanical properties of solids.Elastic constants, elastic, ductile/plastic. brittle materials and strain-stress curveMicroscopic view of the elastic constants.Thermal strain, creep, fatigue, fracture of materials.

2 Dynamics

Phonons as harmonic excitations, dispersion curves for monoatomic diatomic1D crystals, acoustic and optical vibration modes, extension to 3D: longitudinaland transverse branchesMeasurement of phonon frequencies: inelastic neutron scattering, Raman, IRabsorptionFinite chain of atoms and periodic boundary conditions to define discreet wave-vectors.Density of phonon modesHeat capacity: Dulong and Petit Law, Einstein and Debye approx., phononand electronic contributionsAnharmonicity: phonon scattering, thermal conduction, thermal expansionElectronic Structure: Bonding in solidsMetals: The Free-Electron Model, Wavefunction in a periodic lattice, Energybands, Density of states, Fermi surface, electronic conduction, Hall effect.Metals, Insulators and SemiconductorsElectrons in nanostructuresBand structure examples

3 Semiconductors

Page 31: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Semiconductor band structureIntrinsic and doped extrinsic semiconductorsSemiconductor propertiesLower-dimensional semiconductors (graphene, semiconducting polymers)Electrical conductivityOptical properties, excitons

4 Basic Magnetism

Aspects of magnetismOrigins of magnetic propertiesDiamagnetic susceptibilityParamagnetism, ferromagnetismCurie temperatureMagnetoresistance

12x2 hours Lecture content details:

1

What is condensed matter physics?Attractive and repulsive inter-atomic potential and forceChemical bonding: simplest example H2,sp2 and sp3 Hybridization and covalent bondingCharge transfer, ionic bondingJellium model and metallic bonding, screeningVan der Waals and hydrogen bondingCohesive energy of a solidClassifying materials by bonding types and properties

2

Crystals and crystalline solidsCrystal structure: translation symmetry and Bravais latticesBasis and unit cell1D, 2D and 3D crystal examples and unit cell vectorsClassifying latticesSphere packing and atomic packing fractions for the cubic close packedstructuresLattice symmetryExamples of crystal structures - More crystal structures: Silicon, CsCl, NaCl, Zinc Blend !Defects in real structures

3

Crystal structure determinationX-ray Diffraction and the reciprocal latticeBragg''s law and its applicationReciprocal lattice vectors, Brillouin zones for 1-D 2-D, 3-D latticesLattice planes and Miller indicesEwald construction for Bragg''s lawX-ray diffraction experimental set-upcompared with Electron and Neutron diffractionOther techniques like SPM for structure determination

4

Mechanical Properties of solidsStrain - stress curveElastic constants and macroscopic definitionsYoung''s modulus, shear stress, modulus of rigidity, Poisson''s ratioElastic deformation on a microscopic level, forces between atomsAtomic explanation of shear stress, yielding to shear stress, role of dislocationsand their movement

Plastic deformation, easy glide, work hardening, fractureBrittle fracture, creep, fatigueThermal stress

5

Thermal vibrations in solidsSolutions for 1-D infinite chain of atoms, one-atom and two-atom basisGroup velocityPhonon Dispersion curves - acoustic and optical branchesThe first Brillouin zoneFinite chain of atomsPeriodic boundary conditionsPhonon dispersion measurement - neutron scatteringExamples of dispersion curvesEstimation of Young''s modulus

6

Thermal properties of solidsHeat capacityDensity of states of phonon modesDulong and Petit law, Einstein and Debye modelsThermal conductivity - phonon scatteringThermal expansionAllotropic phase transitionsMelting of solids

7

Free electron theoryBasic assumptions and parameters of the classical Drude theoryDC electrical conductivity in the Drude modelHall effectPlasma resonanceThermal conduction - Wiedmannn-Franz law.Electronic heat capacity in the classical model

8

Quantum approach to the description of electrons in solidsFermi Dirac distribution,Periodic boundary conditions - discreet wavevectorsDensity of states in 1D, 2D and 3D structuresFermi energy, Fermi wavevector, Fermi surfaces - simple examplesBand structure - simple picture of tightbinding approachNearly free electron modelOrigin of band gapsClassification of materials into metals, semiconductors, insulatorsEffective mass, electrons and holes

9

SemiconductorsBand gaps of various elemental and compound semiconductorsConcept of electrons and holesOptical absorption - direct and indirect band gapsIntrinsic semiconductors and carrier statisticsLaw of mass actionCyclotron effective mass

10

Doped extrinsic semiconductorsCarrier statisticsn and p-type semiconductors

Page 32: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Temperature dependence of carrier concentration

11

Recap of energy bands and classification of materialsDoped semiconductorspn junction and applicationsJunction diodeMetal semiconductor junctions

12

Magnetism Classification - diamagnetism, paramagnetism, ferromagnetismAtomic origin of magnetic dipole - current loopsClassical derivation of diamagnetism, paramagnetism in atomsQuantization of electron angular momentumHund''s rulesParamagnetism in atoms/ions, Curie temperatureWeak magnetism in solida - diamagnetism, pauli paramagnetismSpontaneous magnetic orderingReview of the overall module

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments)Problems set inworkshops This workis not markedanonymously Writtenexamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 3 x 2hours

Three oftheproblemclasses a

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title QUANTUM AND ATOMIC PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS203

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr M D'Onofrio Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr A Mehta Physics [email protected] ES Paul Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24 24 48

18. Non-contact hours 10219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 2lectures/week

= 12 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS104 PHYS104

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS361

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 33: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2 Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:FGH1 Year:2Programme:F344 Year:2 Programme:FG31 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce students to the concepts of quantum theory.To show how Schrodinger''s equation is applied to particle flux and to bound states.To show how quantum ideas provide an understanding of atomic structure.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

An understanding of the reasons why microscopic systems require quantum description and statisticalinterpretation.Knowledge of the Schrodinger equation and how it is formulated to describe simple physical systems.Understanding of the basic technique of using Schrodinger''s equation and ability to determine solutionsin simple cases.Understanding of how orbital angular momentum is described in quantum mechanics and why there isa need for spin.Understanding how the formalism of quantum mechanics describes the structure of atomic hydrogenand, schematically, how more complex atoms are described.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

= 12 x 2 lectures/week

Seminar -

= 12 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1 1

Overview:

Breakdown of classical physics, quantisation, discrete energy levelsWaveforms, Operators, MeasurementForces, potential energy, de Broglie waveWave equation, eigenvalue equation, stationary statesSchrodinger equation, wave function, probability densityBound states, localisation, potential wellsQuantum flux, scattering at potential stepsPotential barrier, penetration and tunnellingAtomic structure, central potentials, angular momentum, hydrogen atomMany-electron atoms, intrinsic spin, quantum numbersMagnetic dipole moments, spin-orbit energy, atomic fine structureFirst order perturbation theory, Zeeman effect

2

Blackbody radiation, ultraviolet catastropheDiscrete energy levels, atomic line spectraWave-particle duality

3

Blackbody radiationComplex exponential waveforms

4

WaveformsOperators and observablesMeasurement, uncertainty principle

5

Operators, commutatorsOperator equation

6

Forces and potential energy, total energyEnergy diagrams, potential wellsFree particle

7

De Broglie wave, momentum operatorsLocalisation, normalisation

8

Wave equation, simplest wave functionEigenvalue equation, stationary statesWave packet

9

Wave functionsStationary states

10

Time dependent Schrodinger equationTime independent Schrodinger equationProbability density

11

Wave functions and probability densities

12

Bound states, localisationSquare well potentialHarmonic oscillator, diatomic molecule

13

Harmonic oscillator, wave functions and energiesZero point energy, uncertainty principle

14

Quantum scatteringQuantum flux conservationPotential steps

Page 34: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

15

Probability current density, conservationContinuity of wave functions across potential step boundaries

16

Potential steps and barriersReflection and transmission of quantum fluxBarrier penetration and tunnelling

17

Transmission and reflection of flux at potential stepsPenetration depth

18

3-D potentials and energy degeneraciesAngular momentum and central potentialsHydrogen atom

19

Angular momentum operators3-D harmonic oscillator

20

Many electron atoms, quantum numbersStern Gerlach experiment, intrinsic spinElectron shells, configurations

21

Elements and electronic configurationsElectronic transitions, spectroscopy

22

Spin-orbit coupling, H atom fine structurePeriodic table, exclusion principleZeeman effect, spatial quantisation

23

Spectroscopic notation, transitionsZeeman splitting

24

First order perturbation theoryZeeman effect

25

General revision

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of final

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

mark Written Exam 3 hours 2 70 August Assessment 2 Notes

(applying to allassessments)Problems set inworkshops This workis not markedanonymously Writtenexamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 12 x 2hours

2 30 Subsumed by resitexamination

As universitypolicy

Assessment 1

Page 35: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS204

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr A Mehta Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24 24 48

18. Non-contact hours 10219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 2lectures/week

= 12 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2 Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:FG31 Year:2 Programme:FGH1 Year:2 Programme:F344 Year:2Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce Rutherford and related scattering.To introduce nuclear size, mass and decay modesTo provide some applications and examples of nuclear physicsTo introduce particle physics, including interactions, reactions and decayTo show some recent experimental discoveriesTo introduce relativistic 4-vectors for applications to collision problems

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

basic understanding of Rutherford, electron on neutron scatteringunderstanding of the basic principles that determine nuclear size, mass and decay modesknowledge of examples and applications of nuclear physicsknowledge of elementary particles and their interactionsbasic understanding of relativistic 4-vectors

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

= 12 x 2 lectures/week

Seminar -

= 12 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1 1

Size and Shape of Nuclei

Rutherford scatteringElectron+neutron scatteringNuclear size

Nuclear Masses

Masses of nucleiBinding energyLiquid drop modelSemi-empirical mass formula

Nuclear Decays

Alpha, beta and gamma decaysNuclear StabilityOther decays

Nuclear Processes and Applications

Page 36: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

DatingStellar evolutionNuclear power stations

Particle Physics Introduction

Particle propertiesLeptons. quarks and hadronsColourForces and interactions

Particle Decays and Reactions

Particle widthsConservation lawsParticle reactions and decays

Relativistic Mechanics

Principle of invarianceIntroduction to 4-vectorsRelativistic Collisions

Recent Discoveries in Particle Physics

Neutrino masses and oscillationsDiscovery of the top quarkMeasurement of the top and W massesStructure of the protonSearch for Higgs and super-symmetry

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 2 70 August Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments)Problems set inworkshops This workis not markedanonymously Writtenexamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 12 x 2hours

2 30 Subsumed by resitexamination

As universitypolicy

Assessment 1

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS II

2. Module Code PHYS205

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr AJ Boston Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr SD Barrett Physics [email protected] ES Paul Physics [email protected] DE Hutchcroft Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

12 3417 x 2-hourworkshops/computing classes

46

18. Non-contact hours 10419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 1lectures/week

= 17 x 2-hourworkshops/computing classes

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS105 Physics A Level (or equivalent)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 37: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:2

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:1 Programme:F390 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop essential research skillsTo use programming techniques to solve problems in Physics, Nuclear Physics, Astrophysics and/ormeduical applciations of physics.To develop skills in modelling the solution to a problemTo give students experience iof working in small groups to solve a problemTo give students further experience of communicating their results using computer packages

29. Learning Outcomes

Knowledge of programming techniques in Matlab

!The ability to solve problems using a computer program !

!Mastered a basic set of research skills

!Experience of working in a small group !

!Improved communication skills written, Oral and Poster

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

= 12 x 1 lectures/week

Laboratory Work - 17 x 2-hour workshops/computing classes

= 17 x 2-hour workshops/computing classes

31. Syllabus

1 1 The following is delivered through lectures and computing classes.

A basic introduction to programming with Matlab using a simple program thatoutputs text and does simple calculations. This will be used to evaluate simpleformulae.Use of more complex programming methods including parameter lists andloops; use of numerical integration and more complex mathameticalexpressionsUse of arrays, plotting in MatlabUse of random numbers; generation of histograms and GaussiansApplications of these techniques to problems through the use of sampleprograms

2 An introduction to Monte Carlo techniques (lectures)

The use of Monte Carlo techniques to solve problems using Matlab (computingsessions).The problems will link be focused towards the Physics, Nuclear Physics,Astrophysics and Medical Physics programmes.Write up of computing project report.

3 An introduction to basic research skills utilising lectures and problem classes. Therewill be joint sessions for Physics, Physics with Medical applications, Physics withNuclear Science and Astrophysics.

In introduction to professional web resources for physicistsCases studies looking at the critical analysis of experimentally derived data

4 Oral and Poster presentation on generic topic related to chosen programme.5 Written report selected from titles relating to Physics from any of the 4 cornerstonemodules.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

As universitypolicy

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Essayreport

2 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Basicresearchskill

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 4 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Poster +Oralpresen

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 5 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Computing projectreport Problems setin computingsessions Writtenessay report Oraland posterpresentation Thiswork is not markedanonymously

Page 38: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS II

2. Module Code PHYS206

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr S Burdin Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr VR Dhanak Physics [email protected] ES Paul Physics [email protected] TG Shears Physics [email protected] A Mehta Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

5Electronicslecturespreparing fortheexperiments.

10212 x 6-hourpracticals in the1st semester and 5x 6-hour practicalsin the 2ndsemester

42Project workat the end ofthe 2ndsemesteraimed tolearn aboutphysical andtechnicalapplicationsof electronics.

149

18. Non-contact hours 119. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS106 PHYS106

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F390 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

The aims of the module "Practical Physics II" are to teach how to

setup and calibrate equipment;take reliable data;obtain experimental results with associated errors;compare experimental results with theoretical expectations;use computer software for simulation and data analysis;write experimental reports and scientific papers;understand physics in depth by performing experiments;develop practical and technical skills required for electronics experimentation;use electronics in physical and technical applications.

29. Learning Outcomes

The students will acquire systematic understanding of practical physics and learn how to perform experimentsusing modern techniques.

They will understand in details the fundamental physics behind the experiments.

They will be trained in data analysis techniques using modern IT packages.

!They will be familiar with modern techniques of data acquisition.

They will have enhanced ability to plan, execute and report the results of an investigation.

!They will understand the concept of measurement errors and how they propagate to the final results.

!They will be able to initiate and carry out projects.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Laboratory Work - 12 x 6-hour practicals in the 1st semester and 5 x 6-hour practicals in the 2nd semester

Group Project - Project work at the end of the 2nd semester aimed to learn about physical and technicalapplications of electronics.

Lecture - Electronics lectures preparing for the experiments.

31. Syllabus

11 Practicals

Page 39: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

1 Practicals

Further training in experimental techniques and data analysis.Making measurements, analysing data and drawing conclusions from a varietyof experiments in physics appropriate to Year 2 of study.

Signals and components: Sinusoidal and pulse signals, voltage and currentsources, resistive and reactive components.Linear circuit analysis: D.C. circuit analysis; A.C. analysis using complexnumbers.Non-linear devices: diods, transistors, operational amplifiers.Digital circuits and logic systems.Sequential logic: Bistable systems - flip-flops with synchronous andasynchronous operation; Flip-flops as memory elements - binary counters andshift registers.Interfaces: Digital to analogue (DAC) and analogue to digital (ADC) conversion- principles; DAC with weighted resistor network; Counter ADC, integrator ADC,flash ADC.

Practical Syllabus

There are data analysis introduction and five experiments in the 1st semester:

Measurement of Planck’s constant;Diffraction of light and dispersion of a Prism;Measurement of e/m using the Zeeman effect;Interaction of gamma-rays;Compton Scattering.

Two 4-page reports describing selected experiments are required to be written usingscientific article style.

There are five electronics experiments in the 2nd semester:

CR Circuits;The Junction Field-Effect Transistor;The Operational Amplifier;Logic Gates and Logic Circuits;Digital-to-Analogue and Analogue-to-Digital Converters.

Students can select projects from the suggested list of projects or propose their ownprojects. The projects are focused on physical and technical applications of electronics.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

PracticalAssessment

Fiveexperimentsin

1stsemester

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

General purposeexperiments Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Additional practicalsessions are notavailable.

Coursework Threereports inthe

1stsemester

20 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Scientific reports

PracticalAssessment

Fiveelectronicsexp

2ndsemester

25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Electronicsexperiments Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Additional practicalsessions are notavailable.

Coursework Projectwork

Seven lastweeks ofthe 2nd se

25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Project work Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Additional practicalsessions are notavailable Notes(applying to allassessments) -none

Page 40: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS III

2. Module Code PHYS207

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr TM Mohaupt Mathematical Sciences [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

Mathematical Sciences

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr J Alaria Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

2424 hoursoflectures

20To give help withcompleting work and togive feedback oncompleted work, and tolearn in conversationalstyle with staff.

44

18. Non-contact hours 10619. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 2lectures/week

= 10 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107; PHYS108 PHYS107 and PHYS108 or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS208

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2 Programme:F390 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To re-inforce students'' prior knowledge of mathematical techniquesTo introduce new mathematical techniques for physics modulesTo enhance students'' problem-solving abilities through structured application of these techniques inphysics

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should be able to:

Have knowledge of a range of mathematical techniques necessary for physics and astrophysicsprogrammesBe able to apply these mathematical techniques in a range of physics and astrophysics programmes

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - 24 hours of lectures

= 12 x 2 lectures/week

Workshop - To give help with completing work and to give feedback on completed work, and to learn inconversational style with staff.

= 10 x 2-hour workshops

31. Syllabus

1 !!! Overview

!"#$%&'()'"*)*+,,$&$"#+'()-$.#/&).'(.0(012

!"#$#%&#'(&)*"+,%&-.*$(/!"#$#%&#'(&)*"+,%&-.*$(&-0'"+.,'/1,$#%&",,%(.'#+*&/2/+*3/4*%.)#+.,'&,-&+5*&6%#(.*'+7&(.)*%6*'"*&#'(&"0%$&&-0'"+.,'/89#3:$*/&,-&+5*/*&,:*%#+.,'/&.'"$0(.'6&+5*.%&:52/."#$/.6'.-."#'"*;*"+,%&,:*%#+.,'/&.'&:,$#%&",,%(.'#+*&/2/+*3/!+,<*=/&+5*,%*3&>.+5&*9#3:$*/?#0//=&+5*,%*3&>.+5&*9#3:$*/@.'*7&/0%-#"*&#'(&),$03*&*$*3*'+/&.'&".%"0$#%7&/:5*%."#$&#'("2$.'(%."#$&:,$#%&",,%(.'#+*/@.'*7&/0%-#"*&#'(&),$03*&.'+*6%#$/&.'&(.--*%*'+&",,%(.'#+*/2/+*3/&A&#::$."#+.,'/

Page 41: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Vectors and Matrices

!!!!Real and complex vectors, linear independence, basis, scalarproduct, orthonormal basis.Revision of matrices. Sum, product, transposition. Symmetric andantisymmetric matrices. Trace and determinant of square matrices. Laplace expansiontheorem. Row echelon form of a matrix. Rank of a matrix.Application to vectors (coplanarity, collinearity).Systems of linear equations, Gaussian elimination.Inversion of matrices using row operations.Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of matrices. Complex anddegenerate eigenvalues.

!Real symmetric matrices and diagonalisation. Orthogonaltransformations and orthogonal matrices. Applications: rotationalmotion, inertia tensor.

Applications

Application: rotational motion, inertia tensor

Hermitian scalar product of complex vectors. Hermitian matrices anddiagonalization. Unitary transformations and unitary matrices.

Application: quantum mechanics.Revision of Taylor''s theorem, Taylor''s theorem with remainder.Revision of infinite sums and series. Ratio test. Radius of convergencesof power series.Revision of Taylor series. Generating Taylor series from known Taylorseries by substitution and differentiation.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

PHYS207 examNotes (applying to allassessments)Assessment 1:Problem sets in 10workshops (20%), 2Homeworks (10%),Assessment 2:Written examination(70%)

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 x 2hours

1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Workshopparticipation/Homework

worksho There is noreassessmentopportunity,

Page 42: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MATHEMATICS FOR PHYSICISTS IV

2. Module Code PHYS208

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof M Klein Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

Mathematical Sciences

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof TJ Greenshaw Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24 24 3 51

18. Non-contact hours 9919. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

= 12 x 2lectures/week

= 12 x 2-hourworkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107; PHYS108; PHYS207

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 Year:2 Programme:F303 Year:2 Programme:F352 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To re-inforce students'' prior knowledge of mathematical techniquesTo introduce new mathematical techniques for physics modulesTo enhance students'' problem-solving abilities through structured application of these techniques inphysics

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should be able to:

Have knowledge of a range of advanced mathematical techniques necessary for physics andastrophysics programmesBe able to apply these mathematical techniques in a range of physics and astrophysics programmes

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

= 12 x 2 lectures/week

Seminar -

= 12 x 2-hour workshops

Other -

31. Syllabus

1

Vector spaces: axioms and basic definitions; scalar product, norm, orthogonalexpansions, and metricsBasic elements of Group TheorySpecial relativity: Four Vectors and Lorentz transformations; connectionbetween Electrodynamics and Special Relativity; KinematicsOrdinary Differential equations: recapitulation of basic solving strategies,introduction into techniques for numerical solutionPartial differential equations: characteristics; separation of variablesAdvanced statistical methods: Basics of data analysis and probabilitydistributions; parameter estimation with Maximum Likelihood and Least Squares

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen Written 3 hours 2 70 Yes Standard UoL Assessment 3 Notes

Page 43: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Exam penalty applies (applying to allassessments)Problems set inworkshops - thiswork is not markedanonymously. Twosets of homeworkproblems. Writtenexamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 12 x 2hours

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Non-standardpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Non-standard penaltyapplies for latesubmission,

Coursework Two setsofhomework

2 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PRACTICAL ASTROPHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS216

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof Ralph Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr I Steele Physics [email protected] C Copperwheat Physics [email protected] PA James Physics [email protected] T Moore Physics [email protected] IK Baldry Physics [email protected] D Bersier Physics [email protected] JE Mackereth Physics [email protected] SR Walton Physics [email protected] GP Lamb Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

12Lectures to providebackground aboutthe practicalities oftaking opticalastronomicalobservations

108Lab basedsessions toexplore thetechnicalities ofastronomicaldata collectionand analysis

10Problemclasses toaid withassedworksheetsset in thelectures

130

18. Non-contact hours 2019. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

5x 2-hours lectures/week inthe first five weeks of the first

16x 6-hourpracticals. These

Page 44: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

semester. 1x 2-hour revisionlecture in the 11th week of thesecond semester

take place in thelast six weeks ofsemester 1 and thewhole of semester2

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS106 PHYS106

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS394

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:2 Programme:F521 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

Setting up and calibrating equipmentBecome familiar with equipment used in later modulesTaking reliable and reproducible dataDevelop understanding of various techniques of data gathering and analysis in modern astrophysicsCalculating experimental results and their associated uncertaintiesUsing computer software, including specific astrophysical software, to analyse dataWriting a coherent account of the experimental procedure and conclusionsUnderstanding physics in depth by performing specific experimentsDeveloping practical, technical and computing skills required for later modules

29. Learning Outcomes

Improved practical skills and experience.

!A detailed understanding of the fundamental physics and/or astrophysics behind the experiments.

!Increased confidence in setting up and calibrating equipment.

!Familiarity with IT package for calculating, displaying and presenting results

!Familiarity with subject specfic astrophysics data analysis software.

!Enhanced ability to plan, execute and report the results of an investigation.

!Knowledge of the methods employed in the detection and analysis of light at optical wavelengths fromastrophysical sources.

!A clear understanding of the methods employed in astronomical photometry and spectroscopy.

!Experience of the acquisition, reduction and analysis of astronomical data.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures to provide background about the practicalities of taking optical astronomical observations

Lecture - Lectures to provide background about the practicalities of taking optical astronomical observations

5x 2-hours lectures/week in the first five weeks of the first semester. 1x 2-hour revision lecture in the 11thweek of the second semester

Laboratory Work - Lab based sessions to explore the technicalities of astronomical data collection andanalysis

16x 6-hour practicals. These take place in the last six weeks of semester 1 and the whole of semester 2

Other - Problem classes to aid with assed worksheets set in the lectures

31. Syllabus

1 1

The laboratory-based section of the module will consist of nine practical experiments inthe general areas of optics and the detection and analysis of optical frequency light, forexample:

The characteristics of an astronomical CCD camera.Pre-processing astronomical imaging and spectroscopic data.The photometric and spectroscopic analysis of data.Astrophysical distance determination.The emission spectra of atomic hydrogen and helium.

2

The lecture component will concentrate on positional astronomy and astronomicalphotometry, including the following areas:

Signal to noise calculations.Detectors.Filter systems.Relative and absolute photometry.Atmospheric effects.Photometric standards.Coordinate transformations.

The lectures will be complemented by a number of problem classes which will be usedto complete problems based on the lecture topics. A number of these problems willcount towards the assessment.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Practical Assessment LabPracticalWork

Semester1 and 2

80 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 5xproblemssets

Semester1

10 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2

Coursework 2 hours -observatio

2 10 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments)Laboratory practical

Page 45: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

work This work isnot markedanonymouslyAssessed problemsThis work is notmarkedanonymouslyObservational skillsexercise This willtake place at the endof S2

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ACCELERATORS AND RADIOISOTOPES IN MEDICINE

2. Module Code PHYS246

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner John Inglesfield, Professor, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof RD Page Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24 12Workshops in whichstudents workindividually or in groupsto solve set problems.Experimentaldemonstrations toreinforce concepts alsotake place in theworkshops.

36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

Page 46: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F390 Year:2 Programme:F350 Year:2

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300 Year 3, F303 Year 3, F352 Year 3, F3F5 Year 3, F521 Year 3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the students to ionising and non ionising radiation including its origins and production.To introduce the various ways in which radiation interacts with materials.To introduce the different accelerators and isotopes used in medicine and to give examples of their use.

29. Learning Outcomes

A basic knowledge of the origins of radiation and its properties.

An understanding of ways in which radiation interacts with materials.

An understanding of how accelerators operate and how isotopes are produced.

Knowledge of applications of the use of accelerators and isotopes in medicine.!!!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Other - Workshops in which students work individually or in groups to solve set problems. Experimentaldemonstrations to reinforce concepts also take place in the workshops.

31. Syllabus

1 Origins and properties of radiation:

Types of origins and effects of ionising and non ionising radiation. Atomicand nuclear energy levels, radiation of atoms and nuclei.

Interaction of radiation with materials:

Photoelectric and Compton effects, pair production. Attenuation andabsorption coefficients. Bethe-Bloch equation for charged particles,linear energy transfer, stopping power and range, Bragg curve.Interaction of microwaves and lasers with materials. Effects of radiation

on biological systems. Absorbed, equivalent and effective dose.

Accelerators and isotopes:

Acceleration of charged particles, types of accelerators used: cyclotrons,linacs and synchrotrons. Beam species and energies used. Production ofradioisotopes, properties of some common medical isotopes.Microwaves, basic properties and production.

Examples of uses:

Selected examples of uses of accelerators and isotopes in medicalapplications, such as PET, SPECT, X-ray imaging, brachytherapy, IMRTand heavy ion radiotherapy.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 2 100 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 47: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title WORKING WITH PHYSICS FOR EDUCATION II

2. Module Code PHYS265

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Two

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected] DE Hutchcroft Physics [email protected] AJ Boston Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Coursework

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

12MatLabLectures

24MatLabprogrammingsessions

36Three real-lifeschools basedcommunicationproblems

72

18. Non-contact hours 7819. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

Semester 1 - with fullPhysics cohort

Semester 1 - with fullPhysics cohort

Semester2 - insmallgroups

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

One from PHYS105/115/135/145/165

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MPHYS Physics with Education (with recommendation for Qualified Teacher Status) (Year 2); MPHYS PhysicsF303 (Year2); BSc Physics F300 (Year 2); MPHYS Astrophysics F521 (Year 2); BSc Physics with AstronomyF3F5 (Year 2)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide students with knowledge of Matlab programming and experience and practice at solving complexPhysics programmes computationally.

To use programming techniques to solve problems in Physics, Nuclear Physics, Astrophysics and/or medicalapplciations of physics.

To develop skills in modelling the solution to a problem!

To provide students with experience of working in a small group

To provide students with experience of teaching and communicating physics to differentschool aged audiences.

To provide students with experience of communicating to a large group of pupils.!

To provide students with knowledge of safe-guarding, inclusivity and techniques in controlling sessionsthrough activity design.

To provide students with the opportunity to reflect on their own learning.

29. Learning Outcomes

Employ programming techniques to solve problems in physics

Computationally model the solution to a physics problem

!Improved communication skills (written and oral)

!Design and deliver an outreach session for a large school aged audience

!Design and deliver teaching sessions for school aged audience

!Apply knowledge about safe-guarding, inclusion and organisation in session design

!!Describe and explain reasons for communication success through a reflective journal

!Explain and evaluate the success of session designed through a reflective journal

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - MatLab Lectures

Semester 1 - with full Physics cohort

Laboratory Work - MatLab programming sessions

Semester 1 - with full Physics cohort

Problem Based Learning - Three real-life schools based communication problems

Page 48: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Problem Based Learning - Three real-life schools based communication problems

Semester 2 - in small groups

31. Syllabus

1 !1 The following is delivered through lectures and computing classes.

A basic introduction to programming with Matlab using a simple program thatoutputs text and does simple calculations. This will be used to evaluate simpleformulae.

Use of more complex programming methods including parameter lists and loops;use of numerical integration and more complex mathametical expressions

Use of arrays, plotting in Matlab

Use of random numbers; generation of histograms and Gaussians

Applications of these techniques to problems through the use of sample programs

2 An introduction to Monte Carlo techniques (lectures)The use of Monte Carlo techniques to solve problems using Matlab (computingsessions).

The problems will link be focused towards the Physics, Nuclear Physics,Astrophysics and Medical Physics programmes.

Write up of computing project report.

3 The following is delivered in seminars

An introduction to basic safe-guarding, inclusivity and lesson andoutreach session planning

4 The following will be problem based learning

Three communication scenarios will be set to the students: Primary school class,Secondary School class and an A-Level/general public audience. Students willwork in teams to design and deliver activities, lessons or media suitable for theage group.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

!As for PHYS205 and

1. Capel, S. Leask, M. and Turner, T. (2013). Learning to Teach in the Secondary School (6th Edition). London:Routledge. !

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of final

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

mark Coursework Weekly

problemclass

Semester1

20 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Problems set incomputing sessions

Coursework Studentdirected(8-

Semester1

30 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Computing Project

Coursework Equivalentto 15 min

Semester2

5 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Design andPerformance(Audience 1)

Coursework Equivalentto 30 min

Semester2

15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Design andPerformance(Audience 2)

Coursework Semester2

20 Yes Design andPerformance(Audience 3)

Coursework ~2500words

Semester2

10 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Portfolio Notes(applying to allassessments)Reassessment forthe delivery andperformances will bean equivalent writtenor recorded piece ofwork. Due to thenature of the work, itmay not be possibleto recreate theauthentic audiencefor the performanceelement of thereassessment.

Page 49: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PRACTICAL PHYSICS III

2. Module Code PHYS306

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DS Martin Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof PJ Nolan Physics [email protected] TD Veal Physics [email protected] RKM Herzberg Physics [email protected] HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Practicals

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

108Individual work on a range ofdifferent experiments.

108

18. Non-contact hours 4219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS206; PHYS216

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

F300 Year 3 and F303 Year 3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

!The Aims of the module are:

To give further training in laboratory techniques, in the use of computer packages for modelling andanalysis, and in the use of modern instruments.To develop independent judgement in performing physics experiments.To encourage students to research aspects of physics complementary to material met in lectures andtutorials.To consolidate the students ability to produce good quality work against realistic deadlines

29. Learning Outcomes

!Experience of taking physics data with modern equipment

!Knowledge of experimental techniques not met in previous laboratory practice

!Improved skills in researching published papers and articles as source materials

!Developed a personal responsibility for assuring that data taken are of a high quality

!Increased skills in data taking and error analysis

!Increased skills in reporting experiments and an appreciation of the factors needed to produce clear andcomplete reports

!Improved skills in the time management and organisation of their experimental procedures to meet deadlines

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Laboratory Work - Individual work on a range of different experiments.

31. Syllabus

1 !Students carry out experiments in three 4-week blocks labelled A,B and C.

Block A Radiation Detection

Experiments concerning the detection of both beta and gamma radiation from sources,some of which are from samples that have been activated by a source of thermalneutrons.

Block B X-Ray Experiments

Computer modelling to simulate x-ray diffraction from crystals followed by experimentsto determine the crystal structures and lattice constants of unknown materials.

Block C Quanta and Waves

Two experiments on the explanation of quantum and/or wave phenomena.

32. Recommended Texts

Page 50: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

PracticalAssessment

Lab report,10 page

Weeks 4,8and 12.

90 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Lab Reports Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Resubmission onlyin exceptionalcircumstances

PracticalAssessment

Hardbackbook

Week 12 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Lab Diary There isno reassessmentopportunity,Resubmission onlyin exceptionalcircumstances Notes(applying to allassessments)Resubmission onlyin exceptionalcircumstances.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title STELLAR ASTROPHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS351

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr B Davies Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

36 4 40

18. Non-contact hours 11019. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

Page 51: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F300 Year:3 Programme:F303 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide students with an understanding of the physical processes which determine all aspects of thestructure and evolution stars, from their birth to their death.To enable students to determine the basic physical properties of stars via observation (e.g.determination of temperatures, masses and radii etc. using continuum fluxes, broad-band colours, lineprofiles etc).

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have knowledge of how the basic physical properties of stars canbe determined from observation.

At the end of the module the student should have !an understanding of how stellar structure can be probedusing observable quantities and simple physical principles.!

!At the end of the module a student should have an understanding of the changes in structure and energysources for stars throughout their lives.!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1

Introduction & observables

Hertzsprung-Russell diagram. Observables: Luminosity, colours, temperature.Measurement of stellar parameters (mass, radius, luminosity) and interrelations.

Physical state of stars

Hydrostatic equilibrium. The virial theorem and energy sources. Radiative andconvective energy transport mechanisms. The four mechanical equations of stellarstructure. Stellar interiors: Equations of state. Opacity. Nucleosynthesis.

Introduction to stellar atmospheres

Radiative energy, and flow. Equation of Radiative Transport. Line formation at theatomic level, including excitation and ionization. Line broadening mechanisms.

Stellar evolution

The onset of star formation. Jeans mass and length. Cloud fragmentation. Pre-mainsequence evolution - Hayashi contraction. Convective and radiative stars. Scalinganalysis.

Structure of stars on the Main sequence and their respective lifetimes. Mass loss.

Solar Neutrinos

Post main sequence evolution - Central fuel exhaustion and core contraction/collapse.Structure of evolving stars and evolutionary tracks on Hertzsprung-Russell diagram.

Low mass stars: helium flash, thermal pulsing, nebulae generation and white dwarfgeneration. High mass stars: carbon burning, blue loop excursions, supernovaexplosions.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Final Exam Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1000words

week 6 15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Essay 1

Coursework 1000words

week 9 15 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Essay 2

Page 52: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title STELLAR ATMOSPHERES

2. Module Code PHYS352

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr P Mazzali Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

18Lecture toclass on alltopicscovered incourse

6Weekly tutorials todiscuss and returnhomework, any otherquestions studentsmight have

24

18. Non-contact hours 5119. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

This activity provides students achance to test their knowledge andprepare for the final exam

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS351 PHYS351 (Stellar astrophysics)

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide students with an understanding of the properties of stellar spectra, of the effect of expandingatmospheres and of the relevance for Supernovae.To give students the tools to determine the chemical composition of stars, the physical conditions in thegas and the properties of expanding media (stellar winds: velocity, mass-loss rate; Supernovae:velocity, mass, kinetic energy, nucleosynthesis)

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

knowledge of how the physical properties of stars and supernovae can be determined fromspectroscopic observations.

!an understanding of how the interaction between radiation and matter determines the observable properties ofstars.

!an understanding of how radiation propagates through a medium (a gas), affecting its properties

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture to class on all topics covered in course

Tutorial - Weekly tutorials to discuss and return homework, any other questions students might have

This activity provides students a chance to test their knowledge and prepare for the final exam

31. Syllabus

1 1

Transport of energy: Radiation

Definition of Radiation quantitites. Optical depth, absorption and emission. Equation ofTransfer. Formal solution. Limb darkening. Temperature distribution. Grey atmosphere.Main sources of opacity.

Atomic Processes

Atomic processes relevant for stellar spectra. Interaction of radiation and matter.Continuum and line processes. Einstein coefficients for absorption. Oscillator strength.Line profile, broadening. Continuum absorption. Scattering.

Stellar Spectra

Excitation, Ionization. Saha-Boltzmann equation. Stellar spectra, classification.

Page 53: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Line Transfer

2-level atom. Milne relations. Curve of Growth.

Stellar Winds

Radiation Pressure. Mass-loss in hot stars. Diagnostics of winds. Line formation inexpanding atmospheres. Sobolev Approximation. Radiation transport in moving media.

Supernovae

Observational classification. Underlying physical mechanisms (thermonucler explosion,core collapse). Montecarlo radiation transport. Derivation of SN properties. Applicationto Cosmology.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1.5 hours 2 80 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Augustresit for PGTstudents only. Yrs 3and 4 students resitat next normalopportunity Notes(applying to allassessments)Tutorial Work:Eleven homeworksets marked andreturned at tutorials.This work is notmarkedanonymously.Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework Homeworkproblemsfo

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Non-standardpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,Answers arediscussed in weeklytutorial seesionsNon-standardpenalty applies forlate submission,Homework cannotbe returned after ithas been discussedin tutorial

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PLANETARY PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS355

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof RT Holme Earth, Ocean and EcologicalSciences

[email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof AM Newsam Physics [email protected] HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

18 6Three practical session; two ongeophysics/planetary scienceand one on exoplanets

24

18. Non-contact hours 5119. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

Completion of problem sheets andpractical reports.

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Pass year 2 Physics

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 54: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3 Programme:F300 Year:3 Programme:F303 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide a background in Geophysics and solar system planetary science towards the understanding ofexoplanet system research.

To introduce methods of exoplanet detection, and current physical understanding of exoplanet systems.

29. Learning Outcomes

Understanding of the principles of physics applied to understanding the interior of the Earth.

!Understanding of theories of solar system formation and evolution, including orbital evolution.

!Understanding of models of the interiors, atmospheres and magnetospheres of planets in the solar system.

!Understanding and application of methods of exoplanet detection.

!Introduction to planetary study of non-solar system bodies.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Laboratory Work - Three practical session; two on geophysics/planetary science and one on exoplanets

Completion of problem sheets and practical reports.

31. Syllabus

1 Solar System: Formation and composition. Orbits; two- and three-bodyproblem. Internal structure and composition of planets; moment of inertia, heatflow, shape and gravity, magnetic fieldsExtra-solar planets: Direct and indirect detection methods. Statisticalcharacteristics of planetary systems. Interior stucture; atmospheres; habitablezone.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

90minutes

Normalexamperiod

70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments) 3problem sets /practicals 2 sections- 2/3geophysics/planetary

science, 1/3exoplanets

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 3 problemsheets / p

due endweeks2,4,6 ofcourse

30 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1

Page 55: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PHYSICS FOR NEW TECHNOLOGY PROJECT

2. Module Code PHYS360

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 30

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DT Joss Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr AJ Boston Physics [email protected] SD Barrett Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

1 161 162

18. Non-contact hours 13819. TOTAL HOURS 300

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F352 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give the student the following:

Experience of working independently on an original problem.An opportunity to conceive, plan, propose and execute a project involving computing and technology.An opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.Experience of report writing, displaying high standards of composition and production.An opportunity to display communication skills.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module,the student should have:

A working knowledge of the hardware and/or software required to allow computers to communicate withother pieces of equipment.Experience of participation in planning all aspects of the work.Experience researching literature and other sources of relevant information.Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations.Improved ability to organise and manage time.Improved skills in report writing.Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Laboratory Work -

31. Syllabus

1 1

Some introductory programming, modelling and/or instrumentation exercises are usedto allow the student to become familiar with the systems available. There will also be aliterature survey and report on the topic of the project

Details of the project plan and literature review will be handed in at the end of thesemester 1 with the results of any preliminary work.

The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on the project and itsprogress. This will be handed in with the final report.

The written project report will be handed in before the end of Semester 2. The oralpresentation (or, with the approval of the Module Organiser, a poster presentation) willbe given towards the end of Semester 2.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing % of Resit/resubmission Penalty for late Notes

Page 56: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

(Semester) finalmark

opportunity submission

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1 30 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 1

Coursework 2 50 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 2

Coursework 20 mins 2 20 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

N/A asassessment istimetabled

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments)Project plan andliterature review Thiswork is not markedanonymouslyWritten ProjectReport This work isnot markedanonymously OralProject PresentationAnonymous markingimpossible

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title QUANTUM MECHANICS AND ATOMIC PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS361

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Professor of Physics at Cardiff Universi

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DE Hutchcroft Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32Lecture to thecohort on allof the topicscovered in thecourse

4To give feedback tothe students oncompleted work andlearn in aconversational stylewith staff

36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS203; PHYS207

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS480

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 57: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F300 (3) Programme:F303 (3) Programme:F3F5 (3) Programme:F521 (3)

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Progamme:F350 (3) Progamme:F390 (3)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on the second year module on Quantum and Atomic PhysicsTo develop the formalism of quantum mechanicsTo develop an understanding that atoms are quantum systemsTo enable the student to follow elementary quantum mechanical arguments in the literature

29. Learning Outcomes

!Understanding of the role of wavefunctions, operators, eigenvalue equations, symmetries, compatibility/non-compatibility of observables and perturbation theory in quantum mechanical theory.

!An ability to solve straightforward problems - different bound states and perturbing interactions.!

!Developed knowledge and understanding of the quantum mechanical description of atoms - single particlelevels, coupled angular momentum, fine structure, transition selection rules.!

!Developed a working knowledge of interactions, electron configurations and coupling in atoms.!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture to the cohort on all of the topics covered in the course

Tutorial - To give feedback to the students on completed work and learn in a conversational style with staff

31. Syllabus

1 Quantum Mechanics:

Operators, observables, eigenfunctions and eignvaluesDirac and wavefunction representationsProbability distributionsTime evolution of wavefunctionsMany-particle systemsBound statesSimple harmonic motionAngular momentumCentral potentialFree particlesCompatible and incompatible observablesHeisenberg''s uncertainty principleSymmetries - inversion, translation, rotation, exchangeGeneralisation to J, ladder operatorsSpinAddition of angular momentumPerturbation theory

Atomic Physics:

Hydrogen atom, fine structure

Helium atomRadiative transitions, selection rulesMulti-electron atoms, periodic classification, Hund''s rulesAtoms in a magnetic field

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 100 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Three hour exam atthe end of thesemester There isno reassessmentopportunity, Augustresit for PGTstudents only. Yr 3and Yr 4 studentsresit at next normalopportunity. Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 58: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ADVANCED OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY

2. Module Code PHYS362

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr RP Schiavon Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr IK Baldry Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32 4 36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS251; PHYS252 PHYS251 and PHYS252

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce students to the experimental techniques which enable astrophysicists to use the full rangeof the electromagnetic spectrum to study the physics of astronomical objects.To become familiar with the design of telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.To understand the physical basis of light detection across the spectrum.To understand observing techniques such as photometry, spectroscopy, adaptive optics,interferometry.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should:

Understand and be able to compare and contrast the basic techniques and problems involved inobserving all wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrumUnderstand and be able to use and experimental concepts, as applied to observational astrophysics, ofsignal-to-noise ratio, sampling, resolution.Be able to determine the observing technique most appropriate for a given scientific goal.Be able to plan observations at a variety of wavelengths

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1

2

Telescopes and detectors

Basic design of telescopes across the electromagnetic spectrum.Detectors from millimeter wavelengths to gamma-rays. Physical principles,operations.

Spectroscopic techniques

Energy-sensitive detectors. Dispersive techniques based on gratings and/oretalons.

Observing and data analysis techniques

Sampling, resolution. Signal-to-noise ratio, data quality assessment.Calibration of raw data.Photometry and spectroscopy.Adaptive optics.Interferometry.

32. Recommended Texts

Page 59: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 2 70 August resit forPGT students only.Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments)Tutorial Work Thiswork is not markedanonymously ClassTest This work is notmarkedanonymously WrittenExamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 4 hours 2 20 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

N/A asassessment istimetabled

Assessment 1

Coursework 1 hour 2 10 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

N/A asassessment istimetabled

Assessment 2

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS363

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16 2 18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS202 PHYS202: CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 60: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:3 Programme:F352 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F521 Year:3 Programme:F300 Year:3 Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F350 Year:3Programme:F390 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop concepts introduced in Year 1 and Year 2 modules which relate to solids.To consolidate concepts related to crystal structure.To introduce the concept of reciprocal space and diffraction.To enable the students to apply these concepts to the description of crystals,transport properties andthe electronic structure of condensed matter.To illustrate the use of these concepts in scientific research in condensed matter.To introduce various other solids

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Familiarity with the crystalline nature of both perfect and real materials.An understanding of the fundamental principles of the properties of condensed matter.An appreciation of the relationship between the real space and the reciprocal space view of theproperties of crystalline matter.An ability to describe the crystal structure and electronic structure of matter.An awareness of current physics research in condensed matter.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 Reciprocal lattice

Reciprocal lattice: definition and theorem,Reciprocal lattice of various crystal latticesBrillouin Zone in 1-3D

Diffraction

Laue diffraction conditionsEwald constructionAtomic form factorStructure factor and diffraction extinction rules for various crystal structures,Diffraction experiments (X-ray/Neutron/Electron diffraction), Synchrotronradiation

Band Structure

Origin of energy bands (quantum mechanical approach), magnitude of bandgapBand filling, Fermi surfacesBloch TheoremCentral equationTight binding modelBand structure of real lattice (metals, semiconductors, graphene)

Determination of band by angle resolved photoemissionDFT

Other solids

Non-crystalline materialsSoft materialsAlloys, quasicrystals, oxide, glasses !

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 1 1/2hours

1 100 August resit forPGT students only.Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 61: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ADVANCED ELECTROMAGNETISM

2. Module Code PHYS370

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof A Wolski Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32 4 36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107; PHYS108; PHYS201; PHYS207; PHYS208

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

F300 F303

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on first and second year modules on electricity, magnetism and waves by understanding arange of electromagnetic phenomena in terms of Maxwell''s equations.To understand the properties of solutions to the wave equation for electromagnetic fields in free space,in matter (non-dispersive and dispersive dielectrics, and conductors).To understand the behaviour of electromagnetic waves at boundaries.To understand the behaviour of electromagnetic waves in cavities, waveguides and transmission lines.To understand the properties of electric dipole radiation.To introduce an explicity covariant formulation of electromagnetism in special relativity.To further develop students'' problem-solving and analytic skills.

29. Learning Outcomes

!Students should have an understanding of the properties of solutions to the wave equation for electromagneticfields in free space and in matter (non-dispersive and dispersive dielectrics, and conductors).

!Students should have an understanding of the behaviour of electromagnetic waves at boundaries.

!Students should have an understanding of the behaviour of electromagnetic waves in cavities, waveguidesand transmission lines.

!Students should have an understanding of the properties of electric dipole radiation.

!Students should have the ability to explain an explicity covariant formulation of electromagnetism in specialrelativity.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1. Introduction: Maxwell''s equations.Maxwell''s equations and their physical significance.Continuity equation and conservation of charge.Poynting''s theorem: energy density and energy flux in anelectromagnetic field.

2. Electromagnetic waves in dielectric media.Non-dispersive media: derivation of the wave equation.Dispersive media: atomic model, normal and anomalous dispersion.

3. Electromagnetic waves in conducting media.Derivation of the wave equation in a conductor.Properties of the solution to the wave equation in the limits of lowconductivity and high conductivity.Attenuation and skin depth.Drude model: frequency-dependent conductivity.

4. Waves incident on a boundary between two media.Boundary conditions for electromagnetic fields.Derivation of Fresnel''s equations.Physical consequences of Fresnel''s equations: total internal reflectionand critical angle; polarisation by reflection and Brewster angle.

5. Electromagnetic cavities and waveguides.Solutions to the wave equations with perfectly-reflecting boundaries.

Page 62: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Resonant cavities.Waveguides: TE and TM modes; phase and group velocity; cut-offfrequency.

6. Transmission lines.LC model of a transmission line.Solution to the wave equation for current and voltage.Phase velocity and characteristic impedance in an infinite transmissionline.Termination of a transmission line. Impedance matching. Voltagestanding wave ratio.Lossy transmission lines: dispersion.Calculation of characteristic impedance in parallel wire and coaxialtransmission lines.

7. Electromagnetic potentials.Relationship between potentials and fields.Gauge invariance: Coulomb gauge and Lorenz gauge.Wave equations for the potentials with source terms.Solutions to the wave equations for the potentials.

8. Sources of electromagnetic radiation.Hertzian dipole: solution for vector potential, and for electric andmagnetic fields.Properties of dipole radiation: spatial intensity, polarisation.Radiation resistance.Half-wave antenna.

9. Electromagnetism and special relativity.Lorentz scalars, four-vectors and tensors.Lorentz transformation of potentials and fields.Explicitly covariant form of Maxwell''s equations.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 2 100 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title GALAXIES

2. Module Code PHYS373

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr AF Font Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr PA James Physics [email protected] HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32 4 36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS251 PHYS251

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 63: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide students with a broad overview of these complex yet fundamental systems which interact atone end with the physics of stars and the interstellar medium and at the other with cosmology and thenature of large-scale structures in the UniverseTo develop in students an understanding of how the various distinct components in galaxies evolve andinteract

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

The ability to describe and discuss the structure and evolution of galaxies and their various componentsAn understanding of and an ability to explain the detailed interplay between these componentsKnowledge of their cumulative effect on the chemical, dynamical and spectral evolution of the galaxy asa whole

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1

The Structure of Galaxies

Size and basic structure of the Milky Way, the galactic centre. Morphologicalclassification of galaxies. Characteristic light profiles of spirals and ellipticals.

The Content of Galaxies

Ages and distributions of stellar populations. Atomic gas: the 21-cm line, atomichydrogen in the Milky Way and other galaxies, interstellar clouds, gas motions in theISM. Ionised gas: exciting stars, Hll regions. Abundances of other elements. Interstellardust: extinction, reddening, scattering and infrared emission. Size, shape, nature andquantity of dust.

Dynamics & Stability of Galaxies

Rotation of disc galaxies. Dark matter. The Tully-Fisher relation. Spiral structure.Velocity dispersion in elliptical galaxies and bulges. Relaxation. Time scales. Overviewof bsic ideas of galaxy formation. Searches for high redshift and primeval galaxies.

Evolutionary Phenomena in Galaxies

Stellar populations and the spectral evolution of galaxies. The origin and evolution ofthe chemical elements. Dynamical evolution and interactions of the ISM. Starformation. The Butcher-Oemler effect and the faint blue population at high redshift.Interactions and mergers, hot gas in galaxy clusters, fountains, bridges, starbursts andcooling flows. Morphology - density relations. Galaxy luminosity functions.

Active Galaxies

Quasars, nuclear black holes, Active Galactic Nuclei, and Unified Schemes.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 1 80 August resit forPGT students only.Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments) ClassTest This work is notmarkedanonymously WrittenExamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1 20 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

N/A asassessment istimetabled

Assessment 1

Page 64: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY

2. Module Code PHYS374

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr I Mccarthy Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected] IK Baldry Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32Mostly normallectures but alsosome problemsclasses in thetimetabled lectureslots

4Small classroomsetting in smallergroups to gothrough anddiscuss setproblems.

36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Physics or Maths based programmes, Year 3 or Year 4.

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the ideas of general relativity and demonstrate its relevance to modern astrophysicsTo provide students with a full and rounded introduction to modern observational cosmologyTo develop the basic theoretical background required to understand and appreciate the significance ofrecent results from facilities such as the Hubble Space Telescope and the Wilkinson MicrowaveAnisotropy Probe

29. Learning Outcomes

!The ability to explain the relationship between Newtonian gravity and Einstein''s General Relativity (GR)

!Understanding of the concept of curved space time and knowledge of metrics!.

A broad and up-to-date knowledge of the basic ideas, most important discoveries and outstanding problems inmodern cosmology!.

!Knowledge of how simple cosmological models of the universe are constructed !.

The ability to calculate physical parameters and make observational predictions for a range of such models.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Mostly normal lectures but also some problems classes in the timetabled lecture slots

Tutorial - Small classroom setting in smaller groups to go through and discuss set problems.

31. Syllabus

1 1

The physical basis of General Relativity (GR)

The need for relativistic ideas and a theory of gravitation. Difficulties with Newtonianmechanics and the inadequacy of special relativity. Mach''s principles, Einstein''sprinciple of equivalence.

Curved spacetime

Geodesics, curved spaces, the metric tensor and the relationship between curvatureand gravitation. Schwarzschild Metric.

Introduction to Cosmology

The origin and fate of the Universe. From Pythagoras to Herschel. Assumptionsunderlying the modern cosmology. Galaxies, clusters and superclusters.

Geometry of the Universe

Page 65: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Euclidean and curved spaces. Robertson-Walker (RW) metric. Expansion and theHubble law. Redshift as a consequence of RW metric. Cosmological angular diameter-distance and luminosity-distance relations.

Dynamical evolution

The dynamical equations. The Friedmann models, open, closed, Einstein-de Sittercases. Definition of Qo and Wo. The age of the Universe. Proper luminosity andangular distances in terms of Ho and z. Minimal angular diameter. Horizon size.Determinations of cosmological parameters. The distance scale. Limits on qo and Wo.

The Hot Big Bang

Matter and radiation dominated eras. Nucleosynthesis in the early universe. CosmicBackground Radiation (CBR). Brief history of the Universe from the Planck time to thepresent day.

The New Cosmology

Variations on the Standard Model. Inflation. Grand Unified Theories. The AnthropicPrinciple. The Cosmological Constant.

The History of Structure

Density fluctuations at early times. Hot and cold dark matter. Results of numericalsimulations. Matter on large scales. Evidence for dark matter. Clustering seen invarious surveys. Gravitational lensing.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 2 80 No reassessmentopportunity

Formal ExaminationThere is noreassessmentopportunity, FinalYear module Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework up to 2000words

Semester2, aboutweek 11.

20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Written assignmentfrom a choice ofabout 6questions/topics.There is noreassessmentopportunity, FinalYear module

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title NUCLEAR PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS375

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner John, Inglesfield, Prof, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DT Joss Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16 2 18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS204 PHYS204 or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS490

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 66: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:3 Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3 Programme:F352 Year:3Programme:F390 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on the second year module involving Nuclear PhysicsTo develop an understanding of the modern view of nuclei, how they are modelled and of nucleardecay processes

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Knowledge of evidence for the shell model of nuclei, its development and the successes and failures ofthe model in explaining nuclear properties

!Knowledge of the collective vibrational and rotational models of nuclei

!Basic knowledge of nuclear decay processes, alpha decay and fission, of gamma-ray transitions and internalconversion

!Knowledge of electromagnetic transitions in nuclei

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1

Bulk properties of nuclei

Nuclear constituents, the nuclear chartMass, binding energy, the liquid-drop modelSeparation energy, reaction Q-valueNuclear size, cross section, charge distribution

Nuclear instability

Nuclear energy surface, valley of stability, drip linesIsobaric disintegrations: beta-decay and electron captureAlpha-decay and fissionOther decay modes

The nuclear interaction

Strong intensity, short range, the nuclear potentialIsospin, charge independenceDi-nucleon statesSpin dependenceCharge exchangeIsobaric analogue states

Nuclear structure models

The nuclear many-body problemSingle-particle model: the mean fieldThe spherical nuclear shell-modelCollective structure of nuclei: vibrational and rotational models

Electromagnetic nuclear properties

Electromagnetic nuclear momentsElectromagnetic radiation - gamma-decayWeisskopf estimatesInternal conversion

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1 1/2hours

1 100 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 67: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title INTRODUCTION TO PARTICLE PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS377

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr JH Vossebeld Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

181-2 hourLectures

2To re-enforce thelecture material

20

18. Non-contact hours 5519. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS361 PHYS361 or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F521 Year:3Programme:F3F5 Year:3Programme:F303 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on the second year module involving Nuclear and Particle PhysicsTo develop an understanding of the modern view of particles, of their interactions and the StandardModel

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Basic understanding of relativistic kinematics (as applied to collisions, decay processes and cross sections)

!Descriptive knowledge of the Standard Model using a non rigorous Feynman diagram approach

!Knowledge of the fundamental particles of the Standard Model and the experimental evidence for theStandard Model

!Knowledge of conservation laws and discrete symmetries

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - 1-2 hour Lectures

Tutorial - To re-enforce the lecture material

31. Syllabus

1 Introduction

Overview of particle physics

Relativistic Kinematics and Cross Sections

Energy, momentum four vectors, short-lived particles, laboratory frame, fixed targetexperiments, centre-of-momentum frame, colliding beam experiments, luminosity.

Quantum Numbers

Charge, Coulour, Baryon, Lepton numbers, spin.

The Standard Model

Feyman diagrams, Electromagnetic interactions, electron-positron annihilation, colourfactor, coupling constants, Deep inelastic scattering, Weak interactions, neutrinos,vector bosons, allowed decays, propagator, forbidden decays, Cabbibo, Tau decays,neutrino mass, Strong interactions, Gluons, Colour, Quantum Chromodynamics.

Calculations

Exercises on calculations from previous lectures

Detectors and Accelerators

Tracking, calorimetry, accelerator principles

Outlook and Summary

Page 68: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Future development of particle physics, open questions and summary of course

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1 1/2hours

2 100 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Auguestresit for PGTstudents only. Yr 3and Yr 4 atudentsresit at next normalopportunity. Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PROJECT (BSC)

2. Module Code PHYS379

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Professor of Physics at Cardiff Universi

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr U Klein Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof RKM Herzberg Physics [email protected] AJ Boston Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

108Work carried outindependently by thestudent to complete aphysics-based or physics-related project, produce afinal written report andpresent results of theproject in an oralpresentation.

108

18. Non-contact hours 4219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

Self-directed learning in closecollaboration with a supervisor / ateam of researchers

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Successfully completed years 1 and 2

Page 69: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

F300 Programme F3F5 Programme

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F352 Programme

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students experience of working independently on an original physics-based or physics-related problemTo give students an opportunity to display the high quality of their workTo give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuityTo improve students ability to keep daily records of the work in hand and its outcomesTo give students experience of report writing displaying high standards of composition and productionTo give an opportunity for students to display communication skills

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Experience of participation in planning all aspects of the work; Improved skills and initiative in carrying out investigations to test a hypothesis

Experience researching literature and other sources of relevant information;Encountered research-led material

Improved ability to organise and manage time; Improved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress of the project!

Improved skills in report writing, and the clear and accurate communication of scientific informationImproved skills in the critical analysis of an experiment or an investigation ! and setting them in context

Improved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations ! and the defence of the results of theproject

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Work carried out independently by the student to complete a physics-based or physics-relatedproject, produce a final written report and present results of the project in an oral presentation.

Self-directed learning in close collaboration with a supervisor / a team of researchers

31. Syllabus

1 There is no fixed content for this module.The module organisation is as follows:

A project outlined in general by a supervisor will be assigned to the student by themodule organiser where the module organiser generally attempts to choose projectswhich match each student''s particular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.

The student will keep a day by day diary showing the work done on and the progressof the project. Details of the project aims will be decided in discussions between thestudent and the supervisor.

There will be regular meetings between the student and the supervisor to assessprogress. At the end of the second week of the project, the student will produce a shortwritten working plan which will specify the aims of the remainder of the project. Thisworking plan must be filed in the Student Office.

The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time towriting the report and preparing the oral presentation.

The presentation will be given in one of the sessions scheduled by the moduleorganiser.

The report and project diary will be handed in before the end of the twelfth week afterthe official start of the project, or at any other time that may be officially announced.

A Risk Assessment must be completed by the supervisor when the use of specialistequipment, chemicals or radioactive sources are involved. This must be signed by thestudent and the supervisor and must be filed in the Student Office.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

!Since the project work is done individually in various research areas, the reading list will be tailored by thesupervisors for the student.

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework N/A Aftercompletionof module

50 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment ofperformance andreport by projectsupervisor There isno reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework N/A Aftercompletionof module

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment ofproject report bysecond markerThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

Page 70: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Coursework 15 minstalk and 5m

Week 8 or9

20 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Presentation of workin form of a talk toacademic staffNotes (applying toall assessments)Project, projectreport and oralpresentations :These works are notmarkedanonymously.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title SURFACE PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS381

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr Y Grunder Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr VR Dhanak Physics [email protected] TD Veal Physics [email protected] HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16 2 18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 71: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

Develop a syllabus to describe the properties of surfacesConvey an understanding of the physical properties of SurfacesProvide knowledge of a raneg of surface characterisation techniquesIllustrate surface processes and their relevance to technologies

29. Learning Outcomes

explain how the presence of the surface alters physical properties such as atomic an electronic structure!

choose the right characterisation technique to assess different surface properties

have gained an appreciation of surface processes and their relevance to the modification of surfaceproperties

!be able to describe surface alterations and processes using the right terminology

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 Introduction· Concepts, applications

· Design of surface experiments, Ultra High Vacuum and alternatives

· Surface cleaning and preparation

Surface Structure· Ideal Surfaces: Surface crystallography, wood’s notation, matrix

notation, superlattice, surface reciprocal lattice· Real surfaces: vicinal surfaces, reconstruction, relaxation

Electronic Structure of Surfaces· free electron approximation for metals surfaces

· Surface dipole, electron spill-out and Smoluchowski effect

· Work function

· Band theory

· Surface States

Surface Characterisation

· Structural: real space (scanning probe microscopy) and reciprocalspace (Diffraction methods)

· Spectroscopic Techniques to characterise electronic surface structure

Processes at Surfaces:· Adsorption: Physisorption, Chemisorption, Catalysis

Isotherms and chemical bond of adsorbates· Surface Diffusion

· Nucleation and Growth

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1 1/2hours

2 100 Yes Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 72: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PHYSICS OF LIFE

2. Module Code PHYS382

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner John Inglesfield, Professor, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof P Weightman Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr HR Sharma Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16Lecture

2Tiutorial

18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300, F303, F3F5, F521, F350, F352, F390

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To explain the constraints on physical forces which are necessary for life to evolve in the UniverseTo describe the characteristics of life on earthTo describe physical techniques used in the study of biological systems

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

An understanding of the framework of physical forces within which life is possible

An understanding of the nature of life on earth

Familiarity with physical techniques used in the study of biological systems !

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture

Tutorial - Tiutorial

31. Syllabus

1 1

The Universe

Brief overview of the basic physical forces. Necessary conditions for the evolution ofthe Universe into a system in which chemistry and life are possible. The evolution ofatoms. Nuclear stability.

The molecular basis of life

The chemistry of life on earth

The genetic code and the chirality of life.

DNA, RNA amino acids and proteins. Protein folding. Chirality of living systems.

Physical techniques for studying biological systems

Page 73: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

X-ray and optical techniques for the determination of the structure and function ofbiological systems.

Thermodynamic considerations and self organisation in chemical systems

Brief overview of thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. The arrow of time.

Chemical processes close toequilibrium, Free energies, crystallisation, Order andinactivity.

Chemical processes far from equilibrium. Non equilibrium thermodynamics

Energy flows. Instability and self organisation

The importance of information in biology

Biological evolution.

Summary of the major transitions in evolution

No foresight and no way back.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1 1/2hours

2 100 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title RADIATION THERAPY APPLICATIONS

2. Module Code PHYS384

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DT Joss Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof RD Page Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

28 4 20 52

18. Non-contact hours 9819. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS136; PHYS122 PHYS136 or PHYS122

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 74: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F350 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To cover the basic physics principles of radiation therapy.To understand interactions with biological materials.To understand the need for modelling in radiobiological applications.To obtain a knowledge of electron transport.To construct a simple model of a radiation therapy application.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module students will:

have a basic knowledge of radiation transport and the interaction of radiation with biological tissue.understand the principles of radiotherapy and treatment planning.be familiar with biological modelling.have a basic understanding of beam modelling for radiotherapy treatment.understand the need for Monte Carlo modelling.have a knowledge of electron transport.have experience of modelling a simple radiotherapy application.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

Other -

31. Syllabus

1 1

Introduction to radiation transport and the Boltzmann equation.Review of essential interaction physics, review of relevant basic probabilitytheory, dosimetry in healthcare applications.Outline of Radiotherapy modelling components, background to Radiotherapy.Simple radiobiological principles of radiotherapy, concept of treatment planning.General introduction to biological modelling, fractionation and treatment duringeffects, volume effects. Statistical techniques of biological model data fitting,data fits using real clinical normal tissue data, using model prediction data.Beam modeling for Radiotherapy treatment planning, lookup table approaches,convolution/pencil beam approaches.Monte Carlo Methods, requirements for random numbers, random numbergeneration, random sampling methods, scoring and tallies, error estimation,variance reduction techniques.Electron transport including optimisation.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 2 80 August resit forPGT students only.Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments)Planning andRunning of a Modelof a RadiotherapyApplication This workis not markedanonymouslyWrittenExamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 2 20 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 1

Page 75: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MATERIALS PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS387

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DS Martin Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof K Durose Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16Lecture

2Tutorial

18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F352 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300, F303

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To teach the properties and methods of preparation of a range of materials of scientific andtechnological importanceTo develop an understanding of the experimental techniques of materials characterisationTo introduce materials such as amorphous solids, liquid crystals and polymers and to develop anunderstanding of the relationship between structure and physical properties for such materialsTo illustrate the concepts and principles by reference to examples

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

An understanding of the atomic structure in cyrstalline and amorphous materialsKnowledge of the methods used for preparing single crystals and amorphous materialsKnowledge of the experimental techniques used in materials characterisationKnowledge of the physical properties of superconducting materialsAn appreciation of the factors involved in the design of biomaterialsThe ability to interpret simple phase diagrams of binary systems

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture

Tutorial - Tutorial

31. Syllabus

1 Fundamentals of Materials

States of matter, bonding between atoms, energy band structures of solids

Crystalline, polycrystalline, and amorphous solids

Bonding in crystals, crystal defects, amorphous solids, glasses and the glasstransition, the preparation of amorphous materials

Methods of material characterisation

X-ray and electron diffraction: experimental methods and interpretation of data.Transmission electron microscopy. Scanning probe microscopy

Crystal growth

Mechanisms of crystal growth, scanning probe microscopy studies of crystal growth,methods for growing single crystals

Liquid crystals

Thermotropic mesophases, lyotropic mesophases, x-ray diffraction from liquid crystals,cell membranes, liquid crystal displays

Polymers

Molecular structures, amorphous and semi-crystalline polymers. Applications: plastics,elastomers, fibres

Page 76: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

elastomers, fibresBiomaterials

Surface properties, biological response and biocompatibility, degradation of implants inbiological environments

Superconductors

Type I superconductors: Meissner effect, London equation, BCS theory. Basics ofType II superconductors.

Semiconductors

The preparation of pure silicon, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, amorphoussemiconductors. Epitaxial growth

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1 1/2hours

1 100 Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title SEMICONDUCTOR APPLICATIONS

2. Module Code PHYS389

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr J Alaria Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr AJ Boston Physics [email protected] PJ Nolan Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

16 2 18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS132 PHYS132

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 77: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F352 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop the physics concepts describing semiconductors in sufficient details for the purpose ofunderstanding the construction and operation of common semiconductor devices

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Knowledge of the basic theory of p-n junctionsKnowledge of the structure and function of a variety of semiconductor devicesAn overview of semiconductor device manufacturing processesKnowledge of the basic processes involved in the interaction of radiation with matterUnderstanding the application of semiconductors in Nuclear and Particle physics

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 1

The band structures of typical semiconductors. Crystal momentum and effectivemassTransport phenomena. Drift and diffusionThe p-n junction. Depletion layer width and capacitance. Current - voltagecharacteristicZener and avalanche breakdown in p-n junctionsThe physical principles of bipolar transistors(FET''s), MOSFETs and MESFETSSemiconductor device manufactureThe absorption of light by semiconductorsNuclear radiation detectionRange of charged particlesGamma radiationSilicon and Germanium detectors

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 1 1/2hours

1 100 August resit forPGT students only.

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to all

Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

assessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 78: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title COMMUNICATING SCIENCE

2. Module Code PHYS391

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof John E Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof TJ Greenshaw Physics [email protected] TG Shears Physics [email protected] LJ Harkness-Brennan

Physics [email protected]

Prof CA Lucas Physics [email protected] AM Newsam Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

33Four communicationscenarios (essentiallyproblem based learning)will be set for thestudents in the module.In each case thestudents will haveworkshops in which theyreceive an introductionto the scenario, anexercise, discussion andproduction of Aims,Objectives andEvaluation criteria forthe particular scenario.The students willprepare and presentsolutions for thescenarios wither

33

individually or in a team.Student learning will bedeveloped throughevaluation others'presentations and ofresources. The modulewill be underpinned byreflective writingexercises.

18. Non-contact hours 4219. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Completion of Year 2 Science Programme

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

PHYS396

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F352 Year:3 Programme:F390 Year:3 Programme:F350 Year 3 Programme:F351 Year 3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year 3 Programme:F521 Year 3 Programme:F303 Year 3 Programme:F300 Year 3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To improve science students'' skills in communicating scientific information in a wide range of contextsTo develop students'' understanding of some concepts of:

Science in generalTheir particular area of scienceOther areas of science

29. Learning Outcomes

! An ability to communicate more confidently !

! An understanding of some of the key factors in successful communication

!An appreciation of the needs of different audiences !

!Experience of a variety of written and oral media !

!A broader appreciation of science and particular areas of science !

Page 79: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Other - Four communication scenarios (essentially problem based learning) will be set for the students in themodule. In each case the students will have workshops in which they receive an introduction to the scenario,an exercise, discussion and production of Aims, Objectives and Evaluation criteria for the particular scenario.The students will prepare and present solutions for the scenarios wither individually or in a team. Studentlearning will be developed through evaluation others'' presentations and of resources. The module will beunderpinned by reflective writing exercises.

31. Syllabus

1 The four communication scenarios will be:-

1. Undergraduate (Level 1) lecture in student''s own discipline.2. Group business presentation based on results of research completed by the

group.3. Research talk to scientists (based on departmental research).4. Group presentation about science to a non-specialist audience.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 minutepresentati

1 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Performance,handout + self-evaluation diaryThere is noreassessmentopportunity, Theperformance part ofthe block cannot berescheduled becauseit will affect thefollowing blocks.Students areencouraged to findways submitperformances in theirabsence.

Coursework 25 minutepresentati

1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Group performance,group work + self-evaluation diaryThere is noreassessmentopportunity, Theperformance part ofthe block cannot berescheduled becauseit will affect thefollowingblocks.Students areencouraged to findways submit

performances in theirabsence.

Coursework 15 minutepresentati

1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Individualperformance + report+ self-evaluationdiary There is noreassessmentopportunity, Theperformance part ofthe block cannot berescheduled becauseit will affect thefollowing blocks.Students areencouraged to findways submitperformances in theirabsence.

Coursework 1 30 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Groupperformance/writtenmaterials + self-evaluation diaryNotes (applying to allassessments)Assessments in themodule are used todevelop studentsability to cope withreal worldcommunicationscenarios. Eachblock has aperformance, writtenand self-evaluationexercise associatedwith it. Allowingstudents to developthroughout themodule. Theyincrease in weightingto encouragestudents to take riskswith their learningand find out how theybest communicate.Feedback frompreceding blocks willallow the student toprepare for their nextassignment. Theevaluation criteriaare co-developed inclass. For the finalassessment, thestudents co-designthe assignment toensure that they feelthat they have metthe module's learningoutcomes. Studentsare encouraged tofind innovative waysto communicate andmay submit videos

Page 80: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

as their performance.Reassessmentopportunities forblock 4 will be viavideo. Students willreceive general oraland personalisedwritten feedbackwithin a week of theirblock performanceand within 2 weeksfor any written work.Feedback will bereceived before thenext similar piece ofwork is submitted.The module will alsoprovide feedbackthrough the VLE Thescenarios are:Developing andPresentingUndergraduateLecture Developingand Presentingresearch to abusiness Presentingresearch to ascientific audiencePresenting scienceto a non-scientificaudience

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title STATISTICAL AND LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS393

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof P Weightman Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr J Alaria Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32Lecture

4Small group teaching ofproblems.

36

18. Non-contact hours 11419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS253; PHYS255 PHYS253 and PHYS255

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 81: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

F303

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:3 or 4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F300, F3F5, F521, F350, F352, F390

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on material presented in earlier Thermal Physics and Quantum Mechanics coursesTo develop the statistical treatment of quantum systemsTo use theoretical techniques to predict experimental observablesTo introduce the basic principles governing the behaviour of liquid helium and superconductors incooling techniques

29. Learning Outcomes

Understanding of the statistical basis of entropy and temperature

!Ability to devise expressions for observables, (heat capacity, magnetisation) from statistical treatment ofquantum systems

!Understanding of Maxwell Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose Einstein gases

!Knowledge of cooling techniques

!Knowledge and understanding of basic theories of liquid helium behaviour and superconductivity in coolingtechniques

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture

Tutorial - Small group teaching of problems.

31. Syllabus

1 Basic ideas, macrostate, microstates, averaging, distributions, statistical entropy

Distinguishable particles, statistical definition of temperatureBoltzmann distribution, partition functionCalculation of thermodynamic functionsSpin 1/2 solid, localised harmonic oscillatorsGasesStates in boxes, example He gasIdentical particles - fermions and bosonsMicrostates for gas - Fermi Dirac, Bose Einstein, Maxwell BoltzmanndistributionsMaxwell Boltzmann gases - speed distributionDiatomic gases - heat capacity. Heat capacity of H2.Fermi Dirac gases. Aplication to metals, He3.Bose Einstein gases. Application to He4, photons, phononsCooling techniques - liquefaction of gases, Joule Kelvin effect, Liquefiers. 3Hedilution refrigerator, Adiabatic demagnetisation, Nuclear demagnetisationLiquid He4 - superfluid he4. Two fluid model theories of He IILiquid He3. Experiment - ideasSuperconductivity. Normal conductivity, basic properties of superconductors:Phenomenological models, two fluid model, London theory; Deductions forexperiment. BCS theory; Recent developments - high Tc superconductors

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 80 August resit forPGT students only.Yr3 and Yr4students resit atthe next normalopportunity.

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments) 4 xTutorial Assignments10% WrittenExamination 90%

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 4 x 1hours

1 10 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1

Page 82: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY

2. Module Code PHYS394

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr PA James Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr D Harman Physics [email protected] HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected] SD Barrett Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected] B Davies Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Off Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

84 12 96

18. Non-contact hours 5419. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

A combination of supervised practical workusing the telescope and related equipment, andboth supervised and un-supervised dataanalysis work

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS251; PHYS252 PHYS251 and PHYS252

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F521 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide practice in the planning and execution of a programme of astronomical observationsTo provide training in the application of astronomical co-ordinate systemsTo provide competence in the handling of a large astronomical telescopeTo gain experience in making, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCDcamera and spectrometerTo gain experience in preparing a written report based on the results of astronomical work

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

The ability to plan and execute a simple programme of astronomical observations and measurementsFamiliarity with astronomical coordinate systems and the ability to find astronomical objects in the skySkills in pointing and adjusting a large, manually controlled astronomical telescopeThe ability to take, reduce and analyse astronomical data to produce physically meaningful information.Experience of observing at a professional high-altitude observatoryExperience of preparing a written report based on the results of astronomical work

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Field Work -

A combination of supervised practical work using the telescope and related equipment, and both supervisedand un-supervised data analysis work

Other -

31. Syllabus

1 1

The planning and execution of a programme of astronomical observationsThe application of astronomical co-ordinate systemsThe handling and pointing of a large astronomical telescopeMaking, calibrating and analysing astronomical measurements using a CCDcamera and spectrometerKeeping an experimental log book

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

Page 83: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework One week 3 (ofsecondyear)

60 N/A N/A Assessment 1

Coursework One week 3 (ofsecondyear)

10 N/A As universitypolicy

Assessment 2

Coursework 1 30 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments) FieldWork This work isnot markedanonymously LabBooks This work isnot markedanonymously ProjectReport This work isnot markedanonymously

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title GROUP PHYSICS PROJECT

2. Module Code PHYS395

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof P Weightman Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr U Klein Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

2 11 13

18. Non-contact hours 13719. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

The module begins with alecture explaining the structureof the team project.

Thesessionis anobservedmeetingof theprojectteamonce aweek.

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Completion of Year 2 of a Physics UG programme

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

Page 84: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year:3 Programme:F300 Year:3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students an insight into applied or academic research

!To help students gain a better understanding of the needs of industry and academia and the opportunitiesavailable to them as physicists

!To give students experience in team work and project management

!To encourage self-assessment

!To improve communication with clients and with research collaborators

29. Learning Outcomes

Plan a research project

!Work in a team to carryout a research project

!Obtain information, evaluate its relevance, write a scientific report and present a poster covering the relevantmaterial

!Collaborate to satisfy a client''s requirements

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

The module begins with a lecture explaining the structure of the team project.

Other -

The session is an observed meeting of the project team once a week.

31. Syllabus

1 The project is an exercise in working within a team structure to devise and report on asolution to a simulated problem. The solution will require the application of physics.

Groups will be of three to five students with an academic observer. Formal meetingswill be held to discuss approaches to the problem, assigning of individual tasks and co-ordinating the writing of the report.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10,000words,projec

2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 30minutes,oral stu

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 1 hour,teamposter

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Individualcontribut

2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 4 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Project Team Report- This work is notmarkedanonymously. It ismarked by theacademicsupervisor, a secondacademic supervisorand the client. Thethree marks countequally. If any markdiffers substantiallyfrom the other twothen a moderationprocess is applied.The same mark isgiven to eachstudent in the team.Student Interview -This work is notmarkedanonymously. Thismark is given by theacademic supervisorand a secondsupervisor who willjointly interview thestudent. TeamPoster Presentation- This work is notmarkedanonymously. Theposter is marked byacademics and theclients of this andother team projects.The same mark isgiven to eachstudent in the team.IndividualContribution toTeam Project - This

Page 85: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

is not markedanonymously. Thismark is anevaluation of thestudent'scontribution to theteam project fromthe team projectreport, the studentlog book and fromobservation of teammeetings by theacademic supervisorand secondsupervisor. 5 out ofthe 30 percent markfor this componantof the assessmentwill be determinedfrom an assessmentof the results of peerreview. Each studentwill give a mark toeach of the otherstudents on theproject. Theacademic supervisorand secondsupervisor willassess these marksand decide if itsappropriate to awardthem.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title UNDERGRADUATE AMBASSADORS PROJECT

2. Module Code PHYS396

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof John E Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr HL Vaughan Central Teaching Laboratory [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof A Wolski Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

11Initial training at Universityled by module leader +weekly seminar on specifictopics and project updates

30School Placement

41

18. Non-contact hours 10919. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Completion of Year 2 of a Physics UG programme Equivalent outreach, tutoring or school experience orcommunication experience equivalent to completing PHYS391 Interview with module leader to ascertainsuitability to work in schools. Completed DBS check prior to going in to school

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 86: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F3F5 Year 3 Programme F300 Year 3

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To provide undergraduates with key transferable skills.To provide students with opportunity to learn to communicate physics at different levels.To provide students with work-place experience.To provide students with the opportunity to work with staff in a different environment with differentpriorities to the University.To provide teaching experience that encourages undergraduates to consider a career in teaching.To supply role models for secondary school students.To provide support and teaching assistance to secondary school teachers.To encourage a new generation of physicists.

29. Learning Outcomes

Communicate physics effectively to others

!Plan a lesson

Design a worksheet

!Evaluate their planning

!Assess the effectiveness of a session or worksheet that they have designed

!Manage small groups of pupils (e.g. to complete an experiment)

!Prioritise their work

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Seminar - Initial training at University led by module leader + weekly seminar on specific topics and projectupdates

Field Work - School Placement

31. Syllabus

1 This project is an exercise in working within a work-place environment. Specificallywithin a local school. The student will work closely with one or more teachers withwhom they will meet regularly to discuss their progress and ideas for lessons. Thestudent will design sections of (or entire) lessons on which they will receive feedbackfrom the teacher before and after they have delivered the lesson.

The students will spend 1 school day (3-4 hours) per week in school for 8-10 weeks. Atthe school the student is expected to progress from observation to assisting in theclassroom to delivering in part and full lessons. A weekly log must be completed. Thestudent will have a seminar (~1 hour) with their supervisor once per week in a group,and be observed in the classroom by their supervisor. The student will also complete a‘Special Project’ which can, but is not limited to, be a set of lessons, a set ofworksheets, a website, or other which is implemented and evaluated. Outcomesshould be evaluated and discussed in their presentation and final report.

Their Special Project requires them to develop, implement and evaluate a project withsupport from their tutor at the weekly meetings and their teacher.!!

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 2 10 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Perfomance inSchool There is noreassessmentopportunity,Assessment ofstudent work in theschool - it isassessedcontinuously. It willnot be possible toset up an additionalplacement.

Coursework Studentdirected(gu

2 30 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Reflective Journal

Coursework ~7,500words

2 30 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Written Report

Coursework ~20minutes

2 30 Only inExceptionalCircumstances

As universitypolicy

Oral PresentationNotes (applying toall assessments)Performance inSchool as evidencedby feedback fromTeacher (moderatedby supervisor) Thiswork is not markedanonymously. Theteacher's report onthe student'sprogress will beassessed by theacademic supervisorwith respect to thelearning criteria ofthe module (inparticulardevelopment oftransferable skillsand development ofability tocommunicatephysics effectively).Oral Presentation:The content shouldindicate where andhow the student has

Page 87: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

developed in termsof the learningoutcomes withparticular referenceto their SpecialProject. This work isnot markedanonymously. Thepresentation willtake place in front ofa group of academicstaff and otherstudents. ReflectiveJournal (similar tolog book forprojects) This workis not markedanonymously. Thismark is from theindividual project logassessed by theacademic supervisorand a secondsupervisor. If the twosupervisors' marksdiffer substantiallythen a moderationprocess is applied.Written Report: Thecontent shouldindicate where andhow the student hasdeveloped in termsof the learningoutcomes withparticular referenceto their SpecialProject. This work isnot markedanonymously. It ismarked by theacademic supervisorand a secondacademicsupervisor. The twomarks count equally.This is the lastassessment of thestudent.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND COMMERCIALISATION

2. Module Code PHYS397

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglefield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr M Palumbo Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

25Students will be dividedin groups to prepare abusiness case orbusiness report. Thiswill include datagathering and analysis,decision making,discussion of strategyand alternative, writtenreport preparation andpresentation in front of aselected panel. To guidethe students through theprocess, tailoredlectures on Innovationand Entrepreneurshipwill be delivered topillustrate fundamentalconcepts and methods,together group specificworkshops. 8Student will attendseminars and lecturedeliver by technology

33

Page 88: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

transfer professionalsand companiesrepresentative that willpresent case studiesselected from their ownprofessional experience.the seminars will befollowed by an opendiscussion students-speaker-module leader.

18. Non-contact hours 4219. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

Programme:F352 Year:3 Programme: F390 Year:3 Programme: F350 Year 3 Programme: F351 Year 3; F300Year:3 Programme; F303 Year:3 Programme

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

!This module aims to

To be able to develop skills in assessing the commercial routes available tointroduce a product or service into the market.

To be adept in market information gathering and analysis.

To develop presentation and communication skills and reporting skills beyond theclassic essay format.

To distinguish clearly between the different business models available and tocontrast merits and drawbacks of each solution.

29. Learning Outcomes

!All students will be able to gather and analyse business data information

!All students will be able to gather and analyse business data information

!All students will be able to understand technology transfer dynamics

students will be able to communicate their ideas and work in a clear and concise manner

!Students will be able to present data and project proposals in a professional manner, easily recognised byindustry and companies.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Group Project - Students will be divided in groups to prepare a business case or business report. This willinclude data gathering and analysis, decision making, discussion of strategy and alternative, written reportpreparation and presentation in front of a selected panel. To guide the students through the process, tailoredlectures on Innovation and Entrepreneurship will be delivered top illustrate fundamental concepts andmethods, together group specific workshops.

Case Based Learning - Student will attend seminars and lecture deliver by technology transfer professionalsand companies representative that will present case studies selected from their own professional experience.the seminars will be followed by an open discussion students-speaker-module leader.

31. Syllabus

1 Building on the know-how acquired in the core courses of their degree,students in this module will have to choose between two differentpractical projects at the end of the introductory lecturers and seminars:

(1) a business plan for an innovative product or service;

(2) a business report on a real company case.

Lecturers, seminar and workshop will cover topics such as TechnologyReadiness Level, Manufacturing Readiness Level, IntellectualProperty, Non- Disclosure Agreements and Contracts, Funding Stagesfor a Company, Raising Capital by Shares or Debt, Team Recruiting and Business Models.

Library references will be available through the module reading listand key learning resources will be available via VITAL.

!In addition to the sources available via the module and suggested bylecturer – all important and to be read and utilized– students will berequired to look for alternative and additional source of information onthe topic introduced and to use them in the preparation of theirbusiness plan and presentation or business report and presentation.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

!Reading material will be provided at the beginning of the module.

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of final

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 89: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

mark 34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Practical Assessment 2ndsemester

40 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Business Plan orBusiness Report:Group assessmentThere is noreassessmentopportunity, workdone throughout thecourse. The journeyundertaken todevelop thebusiness case ispart of the learningexperience.

Practical Assessment 15 mins 2ndsemester

20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Panel presentationThere is noreassessmentopportunity, Panelpresentationexperience andfeedback is part ofthe learningexperience.

Coursework logbook 5 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

logbook There is noreassessmentopportunity, logbookwill be filledthroughout themodule.

Practical Assessment oneparagraphstatam

end ofmodule

20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Peer review There isno reassessmentopportunity, Noreason for askingstudents to reviewtheir professionalassessment of theirpeers and co-workers. Notes(applying to allassessments)Assessments aredesigned to allowsingle student to bemarked even whenthe large % of themark is a product ofgroup work.

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title NUCLEAR SCIENCE PROJECT

2. Module Code PHYS398

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level Level Three

8. Credit Value 30

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr DT Joss Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr AJ Boston Physics [email protected] HC Boston Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

1 161 162

18. Non-contact hours 13819. TOTAL HOURS 300

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 90: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F390 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students experience of working independently on an original problem related to nuclear scienceTo give students an opportunity to display the high quality of their workTo give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuityTo improve students ability to keep daily records of the work in hand and its outcomesTo give students experience of report writing displaying high standards of composition and productionTo give an opportunity for students to display communication skills

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Experience of participation in planning all aspects of the workExperience researching literature and other sources of relevant informationExperience in different aspects of modern medical imaging techniques including Monte CarlosimulationsImproved skills and initiative in carrying out investigationsImproved ability to organise and manage timeImproved skills in making up a diary recording day by day progress of the projectImproved skills iin report writingImproved skills in preparing and delivering oral presentations

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Laboratory Work -

31. Syllabus

1 1

The Nuclear Science project will focus on three key areas:

Monte Carlo simulation of a radiation detector system using MCNPExperimental measurement using research standard instrumentsAnalysis of data from experiment and simulation

Some example projects for PHYS398:

"Gamma ray emissions measured with Germanium Detectors"

The project will use high resolution germanium gamma ray detectors to investigateradioactivity in environmental samples. This will allow the isotopes to be identified andtheir quantity measured. The performance of the measurement system will beunderstood using simualtions. Results will be compaered to those found in earlierstudies.

"Neutron dose rates and shielding"

The aim of the project will be to investigate the dose rates clsoe to a neutron sourceand then to investigate the effectiveness of materials such as polythene and boratedpolythene as moderators. The systems will be simualted ising MCNP in order to fully

polythene as moderators. The systems will be simualted ising MCNP in order to fullyunderstand thier behaviour.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 2 50 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 1

Coursework 1 30 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

As universitypolicy

Assessment 2

Coursework 20 mins 2 20 Only in exceptionalcircumstances

N/A asassessment istimetabled

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments)Project and ReportThis work is notmarkedanonymouslyProjectplan and literaturereview This work isnot markedanonymously OralPresentationAnonymous markingimpossible

Page 91: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title Classical Mechanics

2. Module Code PHYS470

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof A Wolski Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

36Thecoursematerialwill bedeliveredin aseries of36!1-hourlectures.

66 x 1 hourtutorials/problem classes:during thetutorials/problem classes,students will work throughset problems, withassistance (as needed)fromlecturers/demonstrators.

42

18. Non-contact hours 10819. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

36 x 1 hour lectures

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS107; PHYS101; PHYS108; PHYS207; PHYS208; MATH101; MATH102; MATH103; MATH224;MATH228 The pre-requisities list above are in two groups, so the PHYS modules or MATH modules are pre-requisities and not all modules.

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F303 FGH1 F344 F521

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

1. "To provide students with an awareness of the physical principles that can be applied tounderstand important features of classical (i.e. non-quantum) mechanical systems.

2. To provide students with techniques that can be applied to derive and solve the equationsof motion for various types of classical mechanical systems, including systems of particlesand fields.

3. To develop students'' understanding of the fundamental relationship between symmetriesand conserved quantities in physics.

4. To reinforce students’ knowledge of quantum mechanics, by developing and exploring theapplication of closely-related concepts in classical mechanics.

29. Learning Outcomes

"!"#$%&"'(')*#+$(,&*-(")%(.)/'012+(.30&10.+%'(#&$%3+/0&4(")%(52432&402&(2&$(6270+"*&02&8*37#+2"0*&'(*8(1+2''012+(7%1)2&01'9(0&(.23"01#+23(:;<+%7=%3";'(.30&10.+%(2&$(6270+"*&;'(.30&10.+%92&$(')*#+$(=%(2=+%("*(%>.+20&(")%('04&08012&1%(*8(")%'%(2$?2&1%$(.30&10.+%'(0&(1+2''012+(2&$7*$%3&(.)/'01'@

"!"#$%&"'(')*#+$(=%(2=+%("*(2..+/(")%(A#+%3B52432&4%(%C#2"0*&'(2&$(6270+"*&;'(%C#2"0*&'(D2'2..3*.302"%E("*($%30?%(")%(%C#2"0*&'(*8(7*"0*&(8*3('.%10801($/&27012+('/'"%7'9(0&1+#$0&4(1*7.+%>&*&+0&%23('/'"%7'@

!"#$%&"'(')*#+$(=%(2=+%("*(#'%(2$?2&1%$(1*&1%."'(0&(1+2''012+(7%1)2&01'("*($%'130=%(")%1*&&%1"0*&(=%"-%%&('/77%"30%'(2&$(1*&'%3?2"0*&(+2-'@

"!"#$%&"'(')*#+$(=%(2=+%("*(2..+/(2$?2&1%$("%1)&0C#%'9(0&1+#$0&4(1*&'%3?2"0*&(+2-'9(12&*&012+"32&'8*372"0*&'9(4%&%32"0&4(8#&1"0*&'9(.%3"#3=2"0*&(")%*3/(%"1@("*($%'130=%(07.*3"2&"(8%2"#3%'(*8?230*#'($/&27012+('/'"%7'(D0&1+#$0&4('/'"%7'(*8(.23"01+%'(2&$(80%+$'E(2&$("*('*+?%(")%(%C#2"0*&'(*87*"0*&(0&('.%10801(12'%'@

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - The course material will be delivered in a series of 36!1-hour lectures.

36 x 1 hour lectures

Tutorial - 6 x 1 hour tutorials/problem classes: during the tutorials/problem classes, students will work throughset problems, with assistance (as needed) from lecturers/demonstrators.

31. Syllabus

Page 92: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

1 1. "Lagrangian mechanicsLagrange’s equations derived from D’Alembert’s principleLagrange’s equations derived from Hamilton’s principleExamples of the application of Lagrange’s equations inmechanical systems

2. Hamiltonian mechanicsConjugate momenta From the Lagrangian to the HamiltonianDerivation of Hamilton’s equationsExamples of the application of Hamilton’s equations inmechanical systems

3. Charged particle in an electromagnetic fieldLagrangian for a charged particle in an EM fieldHamiltonian for a charged particle in an EM fieldRelativistic form of the Hamiltonian

4. Symmetries and conservation lawsCyclic variablesContinuous symmetries and invariants; Noether’s theoremCanonical invariantsPoisson bracketsSymplecticity; Liouville’s theorem

5. Canonical transformationsMixed-variable generating functionsThe Hamilton-Jacobi equationAction-angle variablesExamples of application of canonical transformations

6. Continuous systems (field theory)Derivation of field equationsSymmetries, conservation laws and Noether’s theorem forfields

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

"Key Text6@(F*+$'"%0&9(G@H@(H**+%(I39(I@5@(!28,*9(JG+2''012+(K%1)2&01'L(DH%23'*&9(M3$(A$0"0*&9(NOPME

Q%1*77%&$%$(R%>"H@(6270++9(J<(!"#$%&";'(F#0$%("*(52432&402&'(2&$(6270+"*&02&'L(DG27=30$4%(S&0?%3'0"/(H3%''9(NOPME

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours End ofFirstSemester

100 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ADVANCED QUANTUM PHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS480

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Professor of Physics at Cardiff Universi

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr U Klein Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr U Klein Physics [email protected] JH Vossebeld Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Lectures/Tutorials

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

32Lectures andQuantum ProblemClasses wherecalculations areworked out to thecohort on all of thecourse topics

6To work inteams orindividuallythroughgivenQuantumtasks in bi-weekly 1hourworkshops;to discussdetailedsolutions incase andto givefeedback;to learn todiscussphysics onanadvancedlevel

38

18. Non-contact hours 11219.

Page 93: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

19.TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

6 bi-weekly QuantumWorkshops

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS361 PHYS361 or equivalent

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build on Y3 module on Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Physics with the intention of providingbreadth and depth in the understanding of the commonly used aspects of Quantum mechanics.To develop an understanding of the ideas of perturbation theory for complex quantum systems and ofFermi''s Golden Rule.To develop an understanding of the techniques used to describe the scattering of particles.To demonstrate creation and annihilation operators using the harmonic oscillator as an example.To develop skills which enable numerical calculation of real physical quantum problem.To encourage enquiry into the philosophy of quantum theory including its explanation of classicalmechanics.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Understanding of variational techniques.Understanding of perturbation techniques.Understanding of transition and other matrix elements.Understanding of phase space factors.Understanding of partial wave techniques.Understanding of basic cross section calculations

!Understanding of examples of state-of-the art quantum physics experiments.

!Understanding of the implications of quantum physics in our daily lifes.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lectures and Quantum Problem Classes where calculations are worked out to the cohort on all of thecourse topics

Work Based Learning - To work in teams or individually through given Quantum tasks in bi-weekly 1 hourworkshops; to discuss detailed solutions in case and to give feedback; to learn to discuss physics on anadvanced level

6 bi-weekly Quantum Workshops

31. Syllabus

1 General level of treatment that of Mandl "Quantum Mechanics" and a variety ofmodern advanced quantum physics textbooks. Quantum problem classes will beorganised to discuss in detail quantum calculation tasks and contemporaryexperiments.

Operator formalism and Dirac notation.

Bound state perturbation theory for non-degenerate and degenerate systems.

Variational methods.

Time dependent Schrodinger equation.

Time dependent perturbation theory, Fermi''s Golden Rule.

Emission and absorption of radiation, phase space.

Scattering theory - time dependent approach; potential scattering, Born approximation,scattering by screened Coulomb potential, electron-atom scattering.

Scattering - time independent approach; scattering amplitude, integral equation,scattering of identical particles, partial waves, phase shifts.

Harmonic Oscillator solved using creation and annihilation operators.

Specialised contemporary topics, e.g. coherent states, Bell''s inequality etc.

Discussion of quantum philosophy, quantum mechanics contains classical mechanics.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

!An updated reading list guiding to recent textbooks is available on VITAL.

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 100 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Three hour exam atthe end of S1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Written Examination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 94: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title STELLAR POPULATIONS

2. Module Code PHYS483

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr M Salaris Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

12 6 18

18. Non-contact hours 13219. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

In three blocks of four lectureseach

3workshopsof 2 hours

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

PHYS351

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F521 (4)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build upon the students'' knowledge of stellar evolution and describe techniques currently employed toinvestigate the evolution of stellar populations in the universe.

To provide the physical background underlying these techniques, and study their application to observationsof Galactic and extragalactic stellar systems

29. Learning Outcomes

An understanding of the evolution with age and chemical composition of the Colour-Magnitude-Diagrams of resolved stellar populations.

!!Methods to estimate distances, ages and initial chemical compostions of resolved stellar populations.

!An understanding of the evolution with age and chemical composition of the integrated photometric propertiesof stellar populations.

!An understanding of the evolution of integrated spectral features of stellar populations with age and chemicalcomposition.

!Knowledge of age and chemical composition diagnostics from integrated photometry and spectroscopy ofstellar populations.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

In three blocks of four lectures each

Workshop -

3 workshops of 2 hours

31. Syllabus

1 From stellar evolution models to observations. Stellar spectra, bolometric corrections, colour magnitude diagrams.

Concept of simple and composite resolved stellar populations, theoretical isochrones, age/distance diagnostics for simple stellar populations, star formation history determinations for composite stellar populations.

Unresolved stellar populations, population synthesis methods, theoretical predictions of integrated spectra and magnitudes of unresolved stellar populations. Age-metallicity degeneracy. Age/metallicity diagnostics based on integrated spectra and integrated magnitudes, stellar mass-to-light ratio estimates.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

Page 95: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 10 minuteoral prese

week 12 40 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Essay1300-1600wor

week 5 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Essay1300-1600wor

week 9 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title ELEMENTS OF STELLAR DYNAMICS

2. Module Code PHYS484

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Physics external examiner

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr W Maciejewski Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr S Kobayashi Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

13traditionallecture

5in groups of 4-7 students,solving a list of problemsprovided beforehand

18

18. Non-contact hours 5719. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Completion of Year 2 of a Physics UG programme

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 96: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F521, F303

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To show that there is more to gravity than Newton''s law. This will provide the students with a basicunderstanding of the dynamics of systems containing millions and billions of point-like gravitating bodies: starsin stellar clusters and galaxies.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have the ability to

Show how dynamical processes shape the structure of galaxies and stellar clustersDescribe the motion of stars in stellar systemsApply orbital analysis to stellar systemsDemonstrate an understanding of the implications of the continuity equation

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - traditional lecture

Tutorial - in groups of 4-7 students, solving a list of problems provided beforehand

31. Syllabus

1 Introduction: Collisionless and collisional stellar systems. Relaxation time. Describingmotion of 100 billion stars in a galaxy and 100 thousand stars in a Globular Cluster.

Stellar orbits in gravitational potentials: Newton''s law applied to distributed mass.Newton''s theorems for spherical systems. Potential of a disk. Circular velocity. Escapespeed. Orbits in spherically symmetric, axisymmetric and elongated potentials.Keplerian potential. Integrals of the motion.

Continuity equation applied to an ensemble of stars: Phase-space. Distributionfunction as phase-space density. The collisionless Boltzmann equation. The Jeanstheorem. Isothermal sphere. The Jeans equations. Velocity ellipsoid.

Formation and evolution of galaxies: Dynamical friction. Violent relaxation. Phasemixing.

Encounters in collisional systems: Thermodynamics of collisional systems - negativeheat capacity. Evolution of Globular Clusters.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

1.5 hour 1 75 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments)Problems set inProblems ClassesThis work is notmarkedanonymously Writtenexamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 5 x 1hours

1 25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Page 97: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PHYSICS OF THE RADIATIVE UNIVERSE

2. Module Code PHYS485

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R Spencer

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr D Bersier Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

242hrs per week

111hr per week

35

18. Non-contact hours 11519. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Completion of Year 2 of a Physics UG programme

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F521 (3 or 4), F303 (3 or 4)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

!"#$"%&&"'$(")'*%+,-.")'&/$0&/-",-/"1&"-)).+&2"-/2"3%&2"4$"&5).-+/"4'&"-))&-6-/,&"-/2"%)&,46-"$7",&.&%4+-."$18&,4%

!"#$"+/46$23,&"9+/%4&+/::%";"-/2"<",$&77+,+&/4%

!"#$"+/46$23,&"%&=&6-."+0)$64-/4"6-2+-4+$/"0&,'-/+%0%"-4"($6>"+/"-"=-6+&4*"$7"-%46$/$0+,-."%$36,&%

!"#$"3/2&6%4-/2"4'&"0-8$6")'*%+,-.")'&/$0&/-"-4"($6>"+/"/$/!%4&..-6"-%46$/$0+,-."%$36,&%"%3,'"-%""?@@"6&A+$/%B"A+-/4

6-2+$".$1&%B"%3)&6/$=-"6&0/-/4%

!"#$"%&&"'$("+0)$64-/4"4'&"?@"&0+%%+$/".+/&"+%"+/"-%46$)'*%+,%

29. Learning Outcomes

;4"4'&"&/2"$7"4'&"0$23.&"4'&"%432&/4"%'$3.2"'-=&"4'&"-1+.+4*"4$

!"C&.-4&"$1%&6=-1.&"D3-/4+4+&%"4$")'*%+,-.",$/2+4+$/%"-/2"0&,'-/+%0E%F

!!"G&%,6+1&"-/2",-.,3.-4&"4'&"&0&6A&/4"7.35"-/2"%)&,4630"7$6"%&=&6-."0&,'-/+%0%"E&HAH<6&0%%46-'.3/AB"%*/,'6$46$/B

I$0)4$/"&77&,4F

!!";)).*"4'+%">/$(.&2A&"4$"3/2&6%4-/2"4'&")6$)&64+&%"-/2"1&'-=+$36"$7"2+77&6&/4"$18&,4%"E-,4+=&"A-.-5+&%B"/&346$/"%4-6%B"?@@"6&A+$/%B"A-00-!6-*"136%4%F

!!"G&%,6+1&"4'&")'*%+,%"$7"-"7&("+0)$64-/4".+/&"6-4+$%"+/"?@@"6&A+$/%

!!"J/2&6%4-/2"%&=&6-.",$$.+/A"-/2"'&-4+/A"0&,'-/+%0%"+/"-%46$)'*%+,-.").-%0-%

!!"G&%,6+1&"-/2"3%&"4'&",$/,&)4"$7"922+/A4$/".30+/$%+4*"+/"%&=&6-."2+77&6&/4"%+43-4+$/%

!!"J%&"0&-%36&0&/4%"$7"4'&"?@"KL,0".+/&"4$"2&23,&"-%46$)'*%+,-."+/7$60-4+$/

!!"J/2&6%4-/2"4'&"1-%+,")'*%+,%"$7"A-00-!6-*"136%4%

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - 2hrs per week

Tutorial - 1hr per week

31. Syllabus

1 !"C&76&%'&6M"C-2+-4+=&"46-/%7&6"&D3-4+$/B"1.-,>1$2*"6-2+-4+$/B"%)&,+-."6&.-4+=+4*B

&.&,46$2*/-0+,%B"%4-4+%4+,-."0&,'-/+,%"E)'-%&"%)-,&B"2+%46+134+$/"73/,4+$/B"N-5(&..!<$.4O0-//

2+%46+134+$/F

!"9D3-4+$/"$7"6-2+-4+=&"46-/%7&6B"$)4+,-."2&)4'B"&0+%%+$/"-/2"-1%$6)4+$/",$&77+,+&/4%

!"922+/A4$/".30+/$%+4*

PI$/4+/330"&0+%%+$/PM

!"C-2+-4+$/"&0+44&2"1*"0$=+/A",'-6A&%Q"#'$0%$/"%,-44&6+/A

!"C&.-4+=+%4+,"G$)).&6"&77&,4Q"-1&66-4+$/"$7".+A'4Q"8&4%"+/"-%46$)'*%+,%

!"R3)&6.30+/-."0$4+$/

!"R*/,'6$46$/"6-2+-4+$/Q"&0+44&2")$(&6"-/2"%)&,4630Q",36=-436&"6-2+-4+$/

!"I$0)4$/"%,-44&6+/A"-/2"+/=&6%&"I$0)4$/"&77&,4

!"<-%+,")'*%+,%"$7"A-00-!6-*"136%4%

PS+/&"&0+%%+$/P

!"9+/%4&+/";"-/2"<",$&77+,+&/4%

!"?@@"6&A+$/%B"+$/+%-4+$/"1-.-/,&B",$..+%+$/-."&5,+4-4+$/"-/2"2&!&5,+4-4+$/B"R46$0A6&/"%)'&6&%

!"T'*%+,%"$7"4'&"?@"KL,0".+/&"-/2"+4%"0-8$6"-%46$)'*%+,-."-)).+,-4+$/%

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

Page 98: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Open Book WrittenExam

1 hour 2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Class Test There isno reassessmentopportunity, Only inexceptionalcircumstances

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 2 60 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Written Exam

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 4 sets ofhomework

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

AssessedHomework There isno reassessmentopportunity, Only inexceptionalcircumstances Notes(applying to allassessments) - none

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title MODELLING PHYSICAL PHENOMENA

2. Module Code PHYS488

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr JH Vossebeld Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr BT King Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

61 hour lectures tointroduce students toweekly exercises

94Computingexercises andproject work

100

18. Non-contact hours 5019. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 99: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:3

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F521 (Yr 3)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students experience of working independently and in small groups on an original problem.To give students an opportunity to display the high quality of their work.To give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuity.To introduce students to concepts, methods and applicability of computational modelling of physicalphenomena using the Java language.To give students experience of report writing displaying high standards of composition and production.To give an opportunity for students to display communication skills.

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Acquired working knowledge of a high level OO programming language.

!Experience in researching literature and other sources of relevant information.

!Set up model of physical phenomena or situation.

!Experience in testing model against data from experiment or literature.

!Improved ability to organise and manage time.

!Improved skills in report writing.

!Improved skills in explaining project under questioning.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - 1 hour lectures to introduce students to weekly exercises

Laboratory Work - Computing exercises and project work

31. Syllabus

1 A project outlined in general by a Supervisor will be assigned to the student by theModule Organiser, who attempts to choose projects which match each student''sparticular interests but cannot guarantee to do so.

The student will attend weekly sessions on programming and related matters asarranged by the Module Organiser.

Details of the project aims will be decided in discussions between the student and thesupervisor.

There will be regular scheduled meetings between the student and the supervisor toassess progress.

The student will hand in set work as required, which will be marked and used as oneelement in assessing students'' diligence.

The supervisor will advise the student when to finish and devote all remaining time towriting the Report and preparing the Presentation.

The Presentation will be given in one of the scheduled sessions, normally in Week 11of Semester 2.

The Report will normally be handed in before the end of Week 12 of Semester 2.

A project diary must be kept and handed in with reports as part of the assessment.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 3excerises(weeks 1

2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

3 excerises (weeks1-5) There is noreassessmentopportunity,

Practical Assessment Eachstudentgives a

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Project PresentationThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Groups of3-4 studen

2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Group ProjectReport There is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Eachstudentswrite

2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Individual ProjectReport There is noreassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Individual ProjectReport (2Supervisors) Thiswork is not markedanonymously GroupProject Report (2Second Academics)This work is notmarkedanonymously OralPresentationAnonymous markingimpossible 3Exercises, weeks 1-5. This work is notmarkedanonymously

Page 100: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title RESEARCH SKILS

2. Module Code PHYS491

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 7.5

9. External Examiner Prof J Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof TJ Greenshaw Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Prof M Klein Physics [email protected] DT Joss Physics [email protected] NK McCauley Physics [email protected] VR Dhanak Physics [email protected] CP Welsch Physics [email protected] W Maciejewski Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

1Outline of themodule

12Meetings withprojectsupervisors

13

18. Non-contact hours 6219. TOTAL HOURS 75

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 Year:4 Programme:F521 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

This module will help students develop the ability to:

Perform literature searches.Plan research projects.Explain research projects to both expert and non-expert audiences.Organise a team of people and work as a group.Assess the broader impact of research projects.Present a proposal as a written document ans orally.

29. Learning Outcomes

Experience in carrying out search of scientific literature.

Communicating research to non-expert audience.!

Evaluating the possible broader impact of research.

!riting a scientific case for an assessment panel.

! First experience with some project management tools.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Outline of the module

Group Project - Meetings with project supervisors

31. Syllabus

1 "#$%&#'()*&(+*%#$,$(-'()*-.$*%#/0$1-*%#/%/,&2*',*&(*$3$#1',$*'(*4/#5'()4'-.'(*&*)#/6%*,-#61-6#$*-/*%#/+61$*&*,1'$(-'7'1*%#/%/,&2*-.&-*1&(*8$%#$,$(-$+*-/*&*76(+'()*8/+9:*;.',*4'22*#$<6'#$*&(*6(+$#,-&(+'()*/7*-.$%.9,'1,*'(=/2=$+>*-.$*&8'2'-9*-/*1/??6('1&-$*-.&-*%.9,'1,*-/*2&9*&(+*$3%$#-&6+'$(1$,>*&(*&%%#$1'&-'/(*/7*-.$*($$+*-/*%2&(*%#/0$1-,*&(+*/7*,/?$*/7*-.$-//2,*6,$+*'(*%#/0$1-*?&(&)$?$(-:@#/6%,*4'22*8$*/7*&8/6-*A*,-6+$(-,*4'-.*&(*&1&+$?'1*/8,$#=$#:*B(*'('-'&2

Page 101: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

@#/6%,*4'22*8$*/7*&8/6-*A*,-6+$(-,*4'-.*&(*&1&+$?'1*/8,$#=$#:*B(*'('-'&22$1-6#$*4'22*8$*6,$+*-/*$3%2&'(*-.$*%#/%/,&2,*&(+*'(-#/+61$*,/?$?&(&)$?$(-*-//2,:*B*,$#'$,*/7*?$$-'(),*4'-.*&(*&1&+$?'1*/8,$#=$#*4'22*8$.$2+*-/*+',16,,*-.$*4/#5*/(*-.$*%#/%/,&2:*;.$*/(6,*4'22*8$*/(*-.$*,-6+$(-,*-//#)&(',$*-.$,$*?$$-'(),>*&(+*&(9*76#-.$#*?$$-'(),*-.$9*7$$2*&#$*($1$,,&#9-/*/#)&(',$*-.$'#*4/#5:

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 15 pagesplus JeSfo

1 50 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Project report andJeS form There is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 40minutes

1 25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Presentation Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework IndividualInterview

1 25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Interview There isno reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments)Project report andJeS forms - thiswork is not markedanonymouslyIndividual studentinterview -anonymous markingimpossiblePresentation -anonymous markingimpossible

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title COMPUTATIONAL ASTROPHYSICS

2. Module Code PHYS494

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R. Spencer, University of Manchester

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr S Kobayashi Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr IK Baldry Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

11Lecture tothe cohorton all of thetopicscovered inthe course

25To give feedbackto the students onmini-projects andlean in aconversationalstyle with staff

33To give feedbackto the students onmini-projects andlean in aconversationalstyle with staff

2classtest

71

18. Non-contact hours 7919. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

Page 102: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F521 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students an understanding of Programming BasicsTo provide students with practical experience of using computational techniques extensively employedby researchers in the physical sciences

29. Learning Outcomes

Obtaining the ability to describe and discuss numerical modelings

!Getting familiar with a programming language used by research astronomers and its application in a researchcontext!

!Obtaining practical experience of numerical used by scientists in analysis of theoretical problems andexperimental data!

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - Lecture to the cohort on all of the topics covered in the course

Tutorial - To give feedback to the students on mini-projects and lean in a conversational style with staff

Laboratory Work - To give feedback to the students on mini-projects and lean in a conversational style withstaff

Other - class test

31. Syllabus

1 A series of lectures describing an astrophysical problem and the numerical techniquesthat can be used to address it, followed by a practical session in which students willuse computers to carry out a mini-projects designed to accompany the lectures.Assessment comprises written reports on the projects, and a class test to assessunderstanding of the background astrophysics, and of the computational methodsemployed. The elements covered will be drawn from a variety of astrophysical topicsand will focus on numerical modelings and analysis.

Example topics include:

Numerical integration of differential equationsRandom walk and diffusion

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

2 hours 2ndsemester

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Non-standardpenalty applies

class test There isno reassessmentopportunity, Only inexceptionalcircumstances Non-standard penaltyapplies for latesubmission, NA asassessment istimetabled

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 5 projects 2ndsemester

70 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

assignments (miniprojects and reports)There is noreassessmentopportunity, Only inexceptionalcircumstances Notes(applying to allassessments) Fiveassignments Thiswork is not markedanonymously Classtest This work is notmarkedanonymously

Page 103: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title THE INTERSTELLAR MEDIUM

2. Module Code PHYS495

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester First Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof. R Spencer, Manchester.

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr S Longmore Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr D Bersier Physics [email protected] T Moore Physics [email protected] MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

24Directed reading andreviewing the coursetextbooks

24

18. Non-contact hours 12619. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F521 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To build upon the student''s appreciation of the role which the interstellar medium (ISM) plays in topicsas stellar evolution (star-forming regions to supernova remnants) and galaxy evolutionTo provide a firm physical framework for this appreciation by investigating in detail the mechanismswhich govern the structure and appearance of the ISM

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

An understanding of the structure and evolution of the ISM and the relationship between its variouscomponentsThe ability to list the various types of observable phenomena and relate them to the structure of thevarious phases of the ISM and the physical process at workKnowledge of how observation, specifically spectroscopy, allows astronomers to understand thephysical conditions and chemical content of the ISM and thereby construct models of the interstellarmedium and its relationship to the formation and evolution of stars and galaxies

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Tutorial - Directed reading and reviewing the course textbooks

31. Syllabus

1 1

Review of Radiation Processes and Spectral Line emission

Spectral line formation. The interaction of a radiation field with matter. Radiativetransfer

Physical Conditions in the ISM

The structure and phases of the Galactic interstellar medium. Photoionisation andrecombination in a pure hydrogen cloud (the HII region). The effects of includinghelium and heavier elements. Energy balance and thermal equilibrium. Free-freeradiation. Collisionally excited emission lines, permitted and forbidden. Recombinationlines. Continuum emission processes. Molecular emission, lines

Spectral Diagnostics

Determination of electron temperatures and densities from atomic spectral line andcontinuum measurements. Determination of elemental abundances. Tracers of densemolecular gas; mass measurements

Scattering and Polarisation

Introduction to theory and application of scattering of light by small particles.Polarisation by scattering and dichroic absorption in reflection nebulae

Page 104: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

Dust and Molecular Clouds

Formation and destruction of dust. Observable diagnostics. Formation of molecules ondust grains. Heating and cooling of molecular clouds. Molecular emission lines.Structure, dynamics, mechanical support and energy balance of molecular clouds.Magnetic fields, ambipolar diffusion, graviational contraction, star formation.

Introduction to Gas Dynamics

Sound waves and Alfven waves. Adiabatic and radiative shock waves. Expansion ofionised regions. Stellar winds. Supernova remnants

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Written Exam 3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Notes(applying to allassessments)Written AssignmentThis work is notmarkedanonymously WrittenExamination

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 1 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title COMMUNICATION OF ASTROPHYSICAL IDEAS

2. Module Code PHYS496

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof R Spencer

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr PA James Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr MJ Darnley Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

481hr seminar plusdiscussion

241hr perweek

72

18. Non-contact hours 7819. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

Year 3 MPhys Astrophysics

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 105: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F521 Year:4

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To develop the ability of the student to communicate results and ideas in astrophysics at a range oftechnical levels, dealing with the objective criticism of existing articles, videos, papers andlecture/semiar presentations, as well as the creation of new materialTo help students bridge the gap between understanding undergraduate texts and dissecting a journalpaper, while at the same time emphasising the importance of being able to communicate ideasconcisely and clearly at a simpler level

29. Learning Outcomes

!"#"$%#%&'#()#"$%#*('+,%#"$%#-"+'%&"#-$(+,'#$./%#'%/%,(0%'1#2%%&#.3,%#"(#45%."%#"$%65#(7&#.5"64,%-8#(3-%5/6&9:"6*%#.00,64."6(&-8#;(+5&.,:4,+3#'6-4+--6(&-8#"+"(56.,#%<%546-%-8#%"4=83+6,'6&9#(&#"$%#%<0%56%&4%#9.6&%'#'+56&9#"$%#*('+,%#.&'#+-%#"$6-#%<0%56%&4%#3%>(&'#"$%#*('+,%#4(*0(&%&"-=

?$%#456"64.,#"$6&@6&9#-@6,,-#"(#)(5*#%/6'%&4%:3.-%'#.59+*%&"-#.&'#4(**+&64."%#"$%-%#0%5-+.-6/%,>#6&#.#76'%#5.&9%#()4(&"%<"-#)5(*#0%%5#5%/6%7#.&'#)(5*.,#05(0(-.,#756"6&9#"(#$(,'6&9#"$%#.""%&"6(&#()#.#,.>#.+'6%&4%=

?$%#.36,6">#"(#+&'%5-".&'#.&'#(3;%4"6/%,>#456"6A+%#4+""6&9:%'9%#.-"5(0$>-64.,#4(&4%0"-#.&'#4(**+&64."%#"$%-%.005(056."%,>#."#,%/%,-#5.&96&9#)5(*#.#,(4.,#&%7-0.0%5#"(#5%-%.54$#-%*6&.5-#.&'#05(0(-.,-=B

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Seminar - 1hr seminar plus discussion

Tutorial - 1hr per week

31. Syllabus

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

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework MockTelescopeTime

1 or 2 25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework JournalClubPresent

1 or 2 30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework TelescopeProposal

1 or 2 25 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,

Coursework PopularArticle

1 or 2 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 4 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity, Notes(applying to allassessments) MockTelescope Timeallocation panel -25% (This work isnot markedanonymously)Journal ClubPresentation - 30%(This work is notmarkedanonymously)Telescope Proposal- 25% (This work isnot markedanonymously)Popular Article -20% (This work isnot markedanonymously)

Page 106: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title PROJECT (MPHYS)

2. Module Code PHYS498

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Whole Session

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 30

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Prof CA Lucas Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr U Klein Physics [email protected] SD Barrett Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

1An introduction tothe running of theproject, includingdeadlines forhanding in work, anoutline of theprojectrequirements and adescription of themarking scheme.

161Project workmay be eitherexperimentalorcomputationaland will beguided by anassignedmember ofacademicstaff.

162

18. Non-contact hours 13819. TOTAL HOURS 300

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

Programme:F303 (Year 4) Programme:F521 (Year 4)

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To give students experience of working independently on an original problemTo give students an opportunity to be involved in scientific researchTo encourage learning, understanding and application of a particular physics subjectTo give students an opportunity to display qualities such as initiative and ingenuityTo improve students ability to keep daily records of the work in hand and its outcomesTo develop students'' competence in scientific communication, both in oral and written form

29. Learning Outcomes

At the end of the module the student should have:

Experience of participation in planning all aspects of the workExperience researching literature and other sources of relevant informationExperience of the practical nature of physics

!The student should have improved practical and technical skills to carrying out physics investigations

!The student will gain an appreciation of a selected area of current physics research

!The student should have an ability to organise and manage time and to plan, execute and report on the resultsof an investigation

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture - An introduction to the running of the project, including deadlines for handing in work, an outline of theproject requirements and a description of the marking scheme.

Project - Project work may be either experimental or computational and will be guided by an assigned memberof academic staff.

31. Syllabus

1 There is no fixed content for this module.

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of final

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Page 107: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

(Semester) finalmark

opportunity submission

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing

(Semester)% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework Report(recommended

Aftercompletionof module

50 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment ofproject report byproject supervisorThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework Report(recommended

Aftercompletionof module

30 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment ofproject report by asecond markerThere is noreassessmentopportunity,

Coursework 180 minutes In week 12ofsemester2

20 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Presentation ofwork in the form ofa poster presentedto academic staffNotes (applying toall assessments)Project and Report(Supervisor) Thiswork is not markedanonymously.Project Report(Second Academic)This work is notmarkedanonymously.PosterPresentationAnonymousmarking impossible

MODULE SPECIFICATION

The information contained in this module specification was correct at the time of publication but may be subject tochange, either during the session because of unforeseen circumstances, or following review of the module at theend of the session. Queries about the module should be directed to the member of staff with responsibility for themodule.

1. Module Title NANOSCALE PHYSICS AND TECHNOLOGY

2. Module Code PHYS499

3. Year 201617

4. OriginatingDepartment

Physics

5. Faculty Fac of Science & Engineering

6. Semester Second Semester

7. Credit Level M Level

8. Credit Value 15

9. External Examiner Prof J. Inglesfield, Cardiff University

10. Member of staff withresponsibility for themodule

Dr F Jaeckel Physics [email protected]

11. Module Moderator

12. Other ContributingDepartments

13. Other Staff Teachingon this Module

Dr VR Dhanak Physics [email protected]

14. Board of Studies Physics Board of Studies

15. Mode of Delivery Assessment

16. Location Main Liverpool City Campus

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other TOTAL

17. ContactHours

36 4 40

18. Non-contact hours 11019. TOTAL HOURS 150

Lectures Seminars Tutorials Lab/Practicals Fieldwork/Placement Other

20. Timetable(if known)

21. Pre-requisites before taking this module (other modules and/or general educational/academic requirements):

None

22. Modules for which this module is a pre-requisite:

23. Co-requisite modules:

24. Linked Modules:

Page 108: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

25. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a mandatory basis:

26. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on a required basis:

27. Programme(s) (including Year of Study) to which this module is available on an optional basis:

F303 (4), F521 (4)

MODULE DESCRIPTION

28. Aims

To introduce the emerging fields of nanoscale physics and nanotechnology

To describe experimental techniques for probing physical properties of nanostructuredmaterials

To describe the novel size-dependent electronic, optical, magnetic and chemical properties ofnanoscale materials

To describe several `hot topics'' in nanoscience research

To develop students'' problem-solving, investigative, communication and analytic skillsthrough appropriate assignments for tutorials and a literature project.

29. Learning Outcomes

After the module the students should have the ability to explain how and why nanoscalesystems form.

After the module the students should have the ability to describe how nanoscale systems maybe probed experimentally and compare different techniques in terms of strengths andweaknesses.

After the module the students should have the ability to explain and apply the fundamental principles thatgovern nanoscale systems.!

!After the module the students should have the ability to describe potential applications and to discuss theirwider applications.

!After the module the students should have enhanced problem-solving, investigative, communication, andanalytic skills.

30. Teaching and Learning Strategies

Lecture -

Tutorial -

31. Syllabus

1 Introduction

definition of nanoscale science and physics examples and drivers of nanotechnology

Basic Physics

Review of basic condensed matter physics (structure, electronic, electrical andoptical properties)Low dimensional systems (density of states, electronic, electrical and opticalproperties)

Techniques for probing nanostructures

Nanoscale imaging tools (electron and scanning probe microscopies) X-Ray diffractionElectron spectroscopyOptical Microscopy and spectroscopy (steady state, time resolved and superresolution techniques)

Techniques for preparing nanostructures

Top-down approaches (optical, electron beam and nanolithography, molecularbeam epitaxy, chemical vapour deposition)Bottom-up approaches (chemical synthesis, layer-by-layer assembly, self-assembly, DNA origami, atomic and molecular manipulation)

Semiconductor based nanostructures

Applications in optoelectronic, renewable energy, nanoelectronics, datastorage, labellingMetallic nanostructures

Metallic nanostructures

Renormalization of Coulomb interactionApplications in renewable energy, imaging, sensing, nanoscale heating, spaser

Carbon based nanostructures

Fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, graphene will be discussed in terms ofpreparationstructural, electronic, electrical and optical propertiesapplications

Some hot topics in nanoscale science

magnetic nanoclusters and spintronicsquantum computingmolecular electronics

32. Recommended Texts

Reading lists are managed at readinglists.liverpool.ac.uk. Click here to access the reading lists for this module.Explanation of Reading List:

ASSESSMENT

33. EXAM Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Unseen WrittenExam

3 hours 1 70 Yes Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 3 Notes(applying to allassessments)Literature ProjectReport: This work isnot markedanonymously OralPresentation:Anonymous markingimpossible WrittenExamination:Anonymous marking

34. CONTINUOUS Duration Timing(Semester)

% of finalmark

Resit/resubmissionopportunity

Penalty for latesubmission

Notes

Coursework 2-pagereport

1 20 No reassessmentopportunity

Standard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 1 Thereis no reassessment

Page 109: PHYS101-499 Jan 2017sdb/ModSpecs/2016/PHYSmod...Newton''s Laws for Rotations 13 Open ended Problem & Presentation in Class 14 Simple Harmonic Motion Simple and Physical Pendulum Damped

opportunity, Coursework 10 minute

oral prese1 10 No reassessment

opportunityStandard UoLpenalty applies

Assessment 2 Thereis no reassessmentopportunity,